LLVM 24.0.0git
TargetLowering.h
Go to the documentation of this file.
1//===- llvm/CodeGen/TargetLowering.h - Target Lowering Info -----*- C++ -*-===//
2//
3// Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4// See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5// SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6//
7//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8///
9/// \file
10/// This file describes how to lower LLVM code to machine code. This has two
11/// main components:
12///
13/// 1. Which ValueTypes are natively supported by the target.
14/// 2. Which operations are supported for supported ValueTypes.
15/// 3. Cost thresholds for alternative implementations of certain operations.
16///
17/// In addition it has a few other components, like information about FP
18/// immediates.
19///
20//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
21
22#ifndef LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
23#define LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
24
25#include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h"
26#include "llvm/ADT/ArrayRef.h"
27#include "llvm/ADT/DenseMap.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/StringRef.h"
42#include "llvm/IR/Attributes.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/CallingConv.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
46#include "llvm/IR/Function.h"
47#include "llvm/IR/InlineAsm.h"
48#include "llvm/IR/Instruction.h"
51#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
58#include <algorithm>
59#include <cassert>
60#include <climits>
61#include <cstdint>
62#include <map>
63#include <string>
64#include <utility>
65#include <vector>
66
67namespace llvm {
68
69class AssumptionCache;
70class CCState;
71class CCValAssign;
74class Constant;
75class FastISel;
77class GlobalValue;
78class Loop;
80class IntrinsicInst;
81class IRBuilderBase;
82struct KnownBits;
83class LLVMContext;
85class MachineFunction;
86class MachineInstr;
88class MachineLoop;
90class MCContext;
91class MCExpr;
92class Module;
95class TargetMachine;
96class MCRegisterClass;
100class Value;
101class VPIntrinsic;
102
103namespace Sched {
104
106 None, // No preference
107 Source, // Follow source order.
108 RegPressure, // Scheduling for lowest register pressure.
109 Hybrid, // Scheduling for both latency and register pressure.
110 ILP, // Scheduling for ILP in low register pressure mode.
111 VLIW, // Scheduling for VLIW targets.
112 Fast, // Fast suboptimal list scheduling
113 Linearize, // Linearize DAG, no scheduling
114 Last = Linearize // Marker for the last Sched::Preference
115};
116
117} // end namespace Sched
118
119// MemOp models a memory operation, either memset or memcpy/memmove.
120struct MemOp {
121private:
122 enum class MemOpKind {
123 Memset,
124 MemsetWithZero, // memset the memory with zeros
125 Memcpy, // copy memory from source to destination, source and destination do
126 // not overlap
127 MemcpyStrSrc, // memcpy source is an in-register constant, so it does not
128 // need to be loaded
129 Memmove, // memmove: like memcpy, but source and destination regions may
130 // overlap
131 };
132
133 // Shared
134 uint64_t Size;
135 bool DstAlignCanChange; // true if destination alignment can satisfy any
136 // constraint.
137 Align DstAlign; // Specified alignment of the memory operation.
138
139 bool IsVolatile;
140 MemOpKind Kind;
141 Align SrcAlign; // Inferred alignment of the source or default value if the
142 // memory operation does not need to load the value.
143public:
144 static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
145 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile,
146 bool MemcpyStrSrc = false) {
147 MemOp Op;
148 Op.Size = Size;
149 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
150 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
151 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
152 Op.Kind = MemcpyStrSrc ? MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc : MemOpKind::Memcpy;
153 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
154 return Op;
155 }
156
157 static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
158 Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile) {
159 MemOp Op;
160 Op.Size = Size;
161 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
162 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
163 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
164 Op.Kind = MemOpKind::Memmove;
165 Op.SrcAlign = SrcAlign;
166 return Op;
167 }
168
169 static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign,
170 bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile) {
171 MemOp Op;
172 Op.Size = Size;
173 Op.DstAlignCanChange = DstAlignCanChange;
174 Op.DstAlign = DstAlign;
175 Op.IsVolatile = IsVolatile;
176 Op.Kind = IsZeroMemset ? MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero : MemOpKind::Memset;
177 return Op;
178 }
179
180 uint64_t size() const { return Size; }
182 assert(!DstAlignCanChange);
183 return DstAlign;
184 }
185 bool isFixedDstAlign() const { return !DstAlignCanChange; }
186 bool isVolatile() const { return IsVolatile; }
187 bool isMemset() const {
188 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memset || Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero;
189 }
190 bool isMemcpy() const {
191 return Kind == MemOpKind::Memcpy || Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc;
192 }
193 bool isMemmove() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::Memmove; }
194 bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const { return isMemcpy() || isMemmove(); }
196 return isMemcpyOrMemmove() && !DstAlignCanChange;
197 }
198 bool isZeroMemset() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemsetWithZero; }
199 bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const { return Kind == MemOpKind::MemcpyStrSrc; }
201 assert(isMemcpyOrMemmove() && "Must be a memcpy or memmove");
202 return SrcAlign;
203 }
204 bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
205 return isMemset() || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, SrcAlign.value());
206 }
207 bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
208 return DstAlignCanChange || llvm::isAligned(AlignCheck, DstAlign.value());
209 }
210 bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const {
211 return isSrcAligned(AlignCheck) && isDstAligned(AlignCheck);
212 }
213};
214
215/// This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent
216/// parts that can be used from the rest of CodeGen.
218public:
219 /// This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not,
220 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
222 Legal, // The target natively supports this operation.
223 Promote, // This operation should be executed in a larger type.
224 Expand, // Try to expand this to other ops, otherwise use a libcall.
225 LibCall, // Don't try to expand this to other ops, always use a libcall.
226 Custom // Use the LowerOperation hook to implement custom lowering.
227 };
228
229 /// This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not,
230 /// what action should be used to make them valid.
232 TypeLegal, // The target natively supports this type.
233 TypePromoteInteger, // Replace this integer with a larger one.
234 TypeExpandInteger, // Split this integer into two of half the size.
235 TypeSoftenFloat, // Convert this float to a same size integer type.
236 TypeExpandFloat, // Split this float into two of half the size.
237 TypeScalarizeVector, // Replace this one-element vector with its element.
238 TypeSplitVector, // Split this vector into two of half the size.
239 TypeWidenVector, // This vector should be widened into a larger vector.
240 TypeSoftPromoteHalf, // Soften half to i16 and use float to do arithmetic.
241 TypeScalarizeScalableVector, // This action is explicitly left
242 // unimplemented. While it is theoretically
243 // possible to legalize operations on scalable
244 // types with a loop that handles the vscale *
245 // #lanes of the vector, this is non-trivial at
246 // SelectionDAG level and these types are
247 // better to be widened or promoted.
248 };
249
250 /// LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT
251 /// in order to type-legalize it.
252 using LegalizeKind = std::pair<LegalizeTypeAction, EVT>;
253
254 /// Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
256 UndefinedBooleanContent, // Only bit 0 counts, the rest can hold garbage.
257 ZeroOrOneBooleanContent, // All bits zero except for bit 0.
258 ZeroOrNegativeOneBooleanContent // All bits equal to bit 0.
259 };
260
261 /// Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
263 ScalarValSelect, // The target supports scalar selects (ex: cmov).
264 ScalarCondVectorVal, // The target supports selects with a scalar condition
265 // and vector values (ex: cmov).
266 VectorMaskSelect // The target supports vector selects with a vector
267 // mask (ex: x86 blends).
268 };
269
270 /// Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded
271 /// to, if at all. Exists because different targets have different levels of
272 /// support for these atomic instructions, and also have different options
273 /// w.r.t. what they should expand to.
275 None, // Don't expand the instruction.
276 CastToInteger, // Cast the atomic instruction to another type, e.g. from
277 // floating-point to integer type.
278 LLSC, // Expand the instruction into loadlinked/storeconditional; used
279 // by ARM/AArch64/PowerPC.
280 LLOnly, // Expand the (load) instruction into just a load-linked, which has
281 // greater atomic guarantees than a normal load.
282 CmpXChg, // Expand the instruction into cmpxchg; used by at least X86.
283 MaskedIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for the LL/SC loop.
284 BitTestIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special bit
285 // operations; used by X86.
286 CmpArithIntrinsic, // Use a target-specific intrinsic for special compare
287 // operations; used by X86.
288 Expand, // Generic expansion in terms of other atomic operations.
289 CustomExpand, // Custom target-specific expansion using TLI hooks.
290
291 // Rewrite to a non-atomic form for use in a known non-preemptible
292 // environment.
294 };
295
296 /// Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
297 enum class MulExpansionKind {
298 Always, // Always expand the instruction.
299 OnlyLegalOrCustom, // Only expand when the resulting instructions are legal
300 // or custom.
301 };
302
303 /// Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
304 enum class NegatibleCost {
305 Cheaper = 0, // Negated expression is cheaper.
306 Neutral = 1, // Negated expression has the same cost.
307 Expensive = 2 // Negated expression is more expensive.
308 };
309
310 /// Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...),
311 /// (setcc ...)).
313 None = 0, // No fold is preferable.
314 AddAnd = 1, // Fold with `Add` op and `And` op is preferable.
315 NotAnd = 2, // Fold with `Not` op and `And` op is preferable.
316 ABS = 4, // Fold with `llvm.abs` op is preferable.
317 };
318
320 public:
323 /// Original unlegalized argument type.
325 /// Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
327 bool IsSExt : 1;
328 bool IsZExt : 1;
329 bool IsNoExt : 1;
330 bool IsInReg : 1;
331 bool IsSRet : 1;
332 bool IsNest : 1;
333 bool IsByVal : 1;
334 bool IsByRef : 1;
335 bool IsInAlloca : 1;
337 bool IsReturned : 1;
338 bool IsSwiftSelf : 1;
339 bool IsSwiftAsync : 1;
340 bool IsSwiftError : 1;
342 MaybeAlign Alignment = std::nullopt;
343 Type *IndirectType = nullptr;
344
351
354
356
357 LLVM_ABI void setAttributes(const CallBase *Call, unsigned ArgIdx);
358 };
359 using ArgListTy = std::vector<ArgListEntry>;
360
362 switch (Content) {
364 // Extend by adding rubbish bits.
365 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
367 // Extend by adding zero bits.
368 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
370 // Extend by copying the sign bit.
371 return ISD::SIGN_EXTEND;
372 }
373 llvm_unreachable("Invalid content kind");
374 }
375
376 explicit TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM,
377 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
381
382 /// Return true if the target support strict float operation
383 bool isStrictFPEnabled() const {
384 return IsStrictFPEnabled;
385 }
386
387protected:
388 /// Initialize all of the actions to default values.
389 void initActions();
390
391public:
392 const TargetMachine &getTargetMachine() const { return TM; }
393
394 virtual bool useSoftFloat() const { return false; }
395
396 /// Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
397 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
398 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
399 virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
400 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
401 }
402
403 /// Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to
404 /// the pointer type from the data layout.
405 /// FIXME: The default needs to be removed once all the code is updated.
406 virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS = 0) const {
407 return MVT::getIntegerVT(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(AS));
408 }
409
410 /// Return the type for frame index, which is determined by
411 /// the alloca address space specified through the data layout.
413 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getAllocaAddrSpace());
414 }
415
416 /// Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program
417 /// address space specified through the data layout.
419 return getPointerTy(DL, DL.getProgramAddressSpace());
420 }
421
422 /// Return the type for operands of fence.
423 /// TODO: Let fence operands be of i32 type and remove this.
424 virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
425 return getPointerTy(DL);
426 }
427
428 /// Return the type to use for a scalar shift opcode, given the shifted amount
429 /// type. Targets should return a legal type if the input type is legal.
430 /// Targets can return a type that is too small if the input type is illegal.
431 virtual MVT getScalarShiftAmountTy(const DataLayout &, EVT) const;
432
433 /// Returns the type for the shift amount of a shift opcode. For vectors,
434 /// returns the input type. For scalars, calls getScalarShiftAmountTy.
435 /// If getScalarShiftAmountTy type cannot represent all possible shift
436 /// amounts, returns MVT::i32.
437 EVT getShiftAmountTy(EVT LHSTy, const DataLayout &DL) const;
438
439 /// Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted
440 /// amount type is \p ShiftValueTy.
442 virtual LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const {
443 return ShiftValueTy;
444 }
445
446 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations. By
447 /// default we assume it will have the same size as an address space 0
448 /// pointer.
449 virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const {
450 return DL.getPointerSizeInBits(0);
451 }
452
453 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
454 /// ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
455 /// ISD::INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and ISD::EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
459
460 /// Returns the type to be used for the index operand of:
461 /// G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,
462 /// G_INSERT_SUBVECTOR, and G_EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR
465 }
466
467 /// Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes:
468 /// ISD::VP_ADD, ISD::VP_SUB, etc. It must be a legal scalar integer type,
469 /// and must be at least as large as i32. The EVL is implicitly zero-extended
470 /// to any larger type.
471 virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const { return MVT::i32; }
472
473 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add
474 /// target-specific MachineMemOperand flags to them. The default
475 /// implementation does nothing.
479
480 /// This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
481 /// The default implementation does nothing.
486
487 MachineMemOperand::Flags getLoadMemOperandFlags(
488 const LoadInst &LI, const DataLayout &DL, AssumptionCache *AC = nullptr,
489 const TargetLibraryInfo *LibInfo = nullptr,
491 MachineMemOperand::Flags getStoreMemOperandFlags(const StoreInst &SI,
492 const DataLayout &DL) const;
493 MachineMemOperand::Flags getAtomicMemOperandFlags(const Instruction &AI,
494 const DataLayout &DL) const;
496 getVPIntrinsicMemOperandFlags(const VPIntrinsic &VPIntrin) const;
497
498 virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind /*kind*/) const {
499 return true;
500 }
501
502 /// Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded
503 /// using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
504 virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const {
505 return true;
506 }
507
508 virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF,
509 bool IsScalable) const {
510 return true;
511 }
512
513 /// Return true if the @llvm.experimental.cttz.elts intrinsic should be
514 /// expanded using generic code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
515 virtual bool shouldExpandCttzElements(EVT VT) const { return true; }
516
517 /// Return the minimum number of bits required to hold the maximum possible
518 /// number of trailing zero vector elements.
519 unsigned getBitWidthForCttzElements(EVT RetVT, ElementCount EC,
520 bool ZeroIsPoison,
521 const ConstantRange *VScaleRange) const;
522
523 /// Return true if the @llvm.experimental.vector.match intrinsic should be
524 /// expanded for vector type `VT' and search size `SearchSize' using generic
525 /// code in SelectionDAGBuilder.
526 virtual bool shouldExpandVectorMatch(EVT VT, unsigned SearchSize) const {
527 return true;
528 }
529
530 // Return true if op(vecreduce(x), vecreduce(y)) should be reassociated to
531 // vecreduce(op(x, y)) for the reduction opcode RedOpc.
532 virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const {
533 return true;
534 }
535
536 /// Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into
537 /// a constant pool load whose address depends on the select condition. The
538 /// parameter may be used to differentiate a select with FP compare from
539 /// integer compare.
540 virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const {
541 return true;
542 }
543
544 /// Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that
545 /// can be used to store the results of comparisons for use by selects
546 /// and conditional branches. With multiple condition registers, the code
547 /// generator will not aggressively sink comparisons into the blocks of their
548 /// users. \p VT is the type of the condition value, e.g. the type of the
549 /// result of a comparison.
550 virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const { return false; }
551
552 /// Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
553 bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const { return HasExtractBitsInsn; }
554
555 /// Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
558 // The default action for one element vectors is to scalarize
560 return TypeScalarizeVector;
561 // The default action for an odd-width vector is to widen.
562 if (!VT.isPow2VectorType())
563 return TypeWidenVector;
564 // The default action for other vectors is to promote
565 return TypePromoteInteger;
566 }
567
568 // Return true if, for soft-promoted half, the half type should be passed to
569 // and returned from functions as f32. The default behavior is to pass as
570 // i16. If soft-promoted half is not used, this function is ignored and
571 // values are always passed and returned as f32.
572 virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const { return false; }
573
574 // There are two general methods for expanding a BUILD_VECTOR node:
575 // 1. Use SCALAR_TO_VECTOR on the defined scalar values and then shuffle
576 // them together.
577 // 2. Build the vector on the stack and then load it.
578 // If this function returns true, then method (1) will be used, subject to
579 // the constraint that all of the necessary shuffles are legal (as determined
580 // by isShuffleMaskLegal). If this function returns false, then method (2) is
581 // always used. The vector type, and the number of defined values, are
582 // provided.
583 virtual bool
585 unsigned DefinedValues) const {
586 return DefinedValues < 3;
587 }
588
589 /// Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of
590 /// several shifts, adds, and multiplies for this target.
591 /// The definition of "cheaper" may depend on whether we're optimizing
592 /// for speed or for size.
593 virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const { return false; }
594
595 /// Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
596 virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const {
597 return true;
598 }
599
600 /// Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
601 virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
602 // Default behavior is to replace SQRT(X) with X*RSQRT(X).
603 return false;
604 }
605
606 /// Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
611 };
612
613 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a square root of the given type
614 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
615 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
616 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
617 int getRecipEstimateSqrtEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
618
619 /// Return a ReciprocalEstimate enum value for a division of the given type
620 /// based on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
621 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
622 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
623 int getRecipEstimateDivEnabled(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
624
625 /// Return the refinement step count for a square root of the given type based
626 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
627 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
628 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
629 int getSqrtRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
630
631 /// Return the refinement step count for a division of the given type based
632 /// on the function's attributes. If the operation is not overridden by
633 /// the function's attributes, "Unspecified" is returned and target defaults
634 /// are expected to be used for instruction selection.
635 int getDivRefinementSteps(EVT VT, MachineFunction &MF) const;
636
637 /// Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
638 bool isSlowDivBypassed() const { return !BypassSlowDivWidths.empty(); }
639
640 /// Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding
641 /// fast types
643 return BypassSlowDivWidths;
644 }
645
646 /// Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be
647 /// avoided.
648 bool isJumpExpensive() const { return JumpIsExpensive; }
649
650 // Costs parameters used by
651 // SelectionDAGBuilder::shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether.
652 // shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether will use these parameter value to
653 // determine if two conditions in the form `br (and/or cond1, cond2)` should
654 // be split into two branches or left as one.
655 //
656 // BaseCost is the cost threshold (in latency). If the estimated latency of
657 // computing both `cond1` and `cond2` is below the cost of just computing
658 // `cond1` + BaseCost, the two conditions will be kept together. Otherwise
659 // they will be split.
660 //
661 // LikelyBias increases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that it
662 // is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
663 //
664 // UnlikelyBias decreases BaseCost if branch probability info indicates that
665 // it is likely that both `cond1` and `cond2` will be computed.
666 //
667 // Set any field to -1 to make it ignored (setting BaseCost to -1 results in
668 // `shouldKeepJumpConditionsTogether` always returning false).
674 // Return params for deciding if we should keep two branch conditions merged
675 // or split them into two separate branches.
676 // Arg0: The binary op joining the two conditions (and/or).
677 // Arg1: The first condition (cond1)
678 // Arg2: The second condition (cond2)
679 // Arg3: The containing function.
680 virtual CondMergingParams
682 const Value *, const Function *) const {
683 // -1 will always result in splitting.
684 return {-1, -1, -1};
685 }
686
687 /// Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is
688 /// unlikely to be predicted right.
692
693 virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const {
694 return false;
695 }
696
697 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
698 /// fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x)
699 /// On architectures that don't natively support some vector loads
700 /// efficiently, casting the load to a smaller vector of larger types and
701 /// loading is more efficient, however, this can be undone by optimizations in
702 /// dag combiner.
703 virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT,
704 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
705 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const;
706
707 /// Return true if the following transform is beneficial:
708 /// (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x, (x*))
709 virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT,
710 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
711 const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const {
712 // Default to the same logic as loads.
713 return isLoadBitCastBeneficial(StoreVT, BitcastVT, DAG, MMO);
714 }
715
716 /// Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector
717 /// constant with the given size and type for the address space than to
718 /// store the individual scalar element constants.
719 virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT,
720 unsigned NumElem,
721 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
722 return IsZero;
723 }
724
725 /// Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition
726 /// to before legalization. This may transform stores that do not exist
727 /// earlier (for example, stores created from intrinsics).
728 virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const {
729 return true;
730 }
731
732 /// Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
733 virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT,
734 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
735 return true;
736 }
737
738 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
739 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const {
740 return false;
741 }
742
743 /// Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
744 virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const {
745 return false;
746 }
747
748 /// Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
749 virtual bool isCtlzFast() const {
750 return false;
751 }
752
753 /// Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
754 virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const {
755 return isOperationLegal(ISD::CTPOP, VT);
756 }
757
758 /// Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done
759 /// instead of deferring to a custom CTPOP.
760 virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const {
761 return 1;
762 }
763
764 /// Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded
765 /// with instruction generated for signed comparison.
766 virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const { return true; }
767
768 /// Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code
769 /// gen prepare.
770 virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const { return false; }
771
772 /// Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val
773 /// from a pair of smaller values into multiple stores.
774 virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const {
775 return false;
776 }
777
778 /// Return if the target supports combining a
779 /// chain like:
780 /// \code
781 /// %andResult = and %val1, #mask
782 /// %icmpResult = icmp %andResult, 0
783 /// \endcode
784 /// into a single machine instruction of a form like:
785 /// \code
786 /// cc = test %register, #mask
787 /// \endcode
788 virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const {
789 return false;
790 }
791
792 /// Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
793 virtual bool
795 const MemSDNode &NodeY) const {
796 return true;
797 }
798
799 /// Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient. For example:
800 /// and (seteq A, B), (seteq C, D) --> seteq (or (xor A, B), (xor C, D)), 0
801 /// This should be true when it takes more than one instruction to lower
802 /// setcc (cmp+set on x86 scalar), when bitwise ops are faster than logic on
803 /// condition bits (crand on PowerPC), and/or when reducing cmp+br is a win.
804 virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const {
805 return false;
806 }
807
808 /// Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare
809 /// integer values of the given size. Assume that any legal integer type can
810 /// be compared efficiently. Targets may override this to allow illegal wide
811 /// types to return a vector type if there is support to compare that type.
812 virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const {
813 MVT VT = MVT::getIntegerVT(NumBits);
815 }
816
817 /// Return true if the target should transform:
818 /// (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0
819 /// (X & Y) != Y ---> (~X & Y) != 0
820 ///
821 /// This may be profitable if the target has a bitwise and-not operation that
822 /// sets comparison flags. A target may want to limit the transformation based
823 /// on the type of Y or if Y is a constant.
824 ///
825 /// Note that the transform will not occur if Y is known to be a power-of-2
826 /// because a mask and compare of a single bit can be handled by inverting the
827 /// predicate, for example:
828 /// (X & 8) == 8 ---> (X & 8) != 0
829 virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const {
830 return false;
831 }
832
833 /// Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation:
834 /// X = ~A & B
835 /// This can be used to simplify select or other instructions.
836 virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const {
837 // If the target has the more complex version of this operation, assume that
838 // it has this operation too.
839 return hasAndNotCompare(X);
840 }
841
842 /// Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction:
843 /// (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0
844 /// This knowledge can be used to prevent breaking the pattern,
845 /// or creating it if it could be recognized.
846 virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const { return false; }
847
848 /// There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high):
849 /// Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine canonical form)
850 /// Shifts: x >> y << y
851 /// Return true if the variant with 2 variable shifts is preferred.
852 /// Return false if there is no preference.
854 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
855 return false;
856 }
857
858 /// Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
859 /// This is usually true on most targets. But some targets, like Thumb1,
860 /// have immediate shift instructions, but no immediate "and" instruction;
861 /// this makes the fold unprofitable.
862 virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const {
863 return true;
864 }
865
866 /// Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation
867 /// down into KeptBits would be truncating or not:
868 /// (add %x, (1 << (KeptBits-1))) srccond (1 << KeptBits)
869 /// Into it's more traditional form:
870 /// ((%x << C) a>> C) dstcond %x
871 /// Return true if we should transform.
872 /// Return false if there is no preference.
874 unsigned KeptBits) const {
875 // By default, let's assume that no one prefers shifts.
876 return false;
877 }
878
879 /// Given the pattern
880 /// (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0
881 /// return true if it should be transformed into:
882 /// ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
883 /// WARNING: if 'X' is a constant, the fold may deadlock!
884 /// FIXME: we could avoid passing XC, but we can't use isConstOrConstSplat()
885 /// here because it can end up being not linked in.
888 unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode,
889 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
890 if (hasBitTest(X, Y)) {
891 // One interesting pattern that we'd want to form is 'bit test':
892 // ((1 << Y) & C) ==/!= 0
893 // But we also need to be careful not to try to reverse that fold.
894
895 // Is this '1 << Y' ?
896 if (OldShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && CC->isOne())
897 return false; // Keep the 'bit test' pattern.
898
899 // Will it be '1 << Y' after the transform ?
900 if (XC && NewShiftOpcode == ISD::SHL && XC->isOne())
901 return true; // Do form the 'bit test' pattern.
902 }
903
904 // If 'X' is a constant, and we transform, then we will immediately
905 // try to undo the fold, thus causing endless combine loop.
906 // So by default, let's assume everyone prefers the fold
907 // iff 'X' is not a constant.
908 return !XC;
909 }
910
911 // Return true if its desirable to perform the following transform:
912 // (fmul C, (uitofp Pow2))
913 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (add (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
914 // (fdiv C, (uitofp Pow2))
915 // -> (bitcast_to_FP (sub (bitcast_to_INT C), Log2(Pow2) << mantissa))
916 //
917 // This is only queried after we have verified the transform will be bitwise
918 // equals.
919 //
920 // SDNode *N : The FDiv/FMul node we want to transform.
921 // SDValue FPConst: The Float constant operand in `N`.
922 // SDValue IntPow2: The Integer power of 2 operand in `N`.
924 SDValue IntPow2) const {
925 // Default to avoiding fdiv which is often very expensive.
926 return N->getOpcode() == ISD::FDIV;
927 }
928
929 // Given:
930 // (icmp eq/ne (and X, C0), (shift X, C1))
931 // or
932 // (icmp eq/ne X, (rotate X, CPow2))
933
934 // If C0 is a mask or shifted mask and the shift amt (C1) isolates the
935 // remaining bits (i.e something like `(x64 & UINT32_MAX) == (x64 >> 32)`)
936 // Do we prefer the shift to be shift-right, shift-left, or rotate.
937 // Note: Its only valid to convert the rotate version to the shift version iff
938 // the shift-amt (`C1`) is a power of 2 (including 0).
939 // If ShiftOpc (current Opcode) is returned, do nothing.
941 EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate,
942 const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt,
943 const std::optional<APInt> &AndMask) const {
944 return ShiftOpc;
945 }
946
947 /// These two forms are equivalent:
948 /// sub %y, (xor %x, -1)
949 /// add (add %x, 1), %y
950 /// The variant with two add's is IR-canonical.
951 /// Some targets may prefer one to the other.
952 virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const {
953 // By default, let's assume that everyone prefers the form with two add's.
954 return true;
955 }
956
957 // By default prefer folding (abs (sub nsw x, y)) -> abds(x, y). Some targets
958 // may want to avoid this to prevent loss of sub_nsw pattern.
959 virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const {
960 return true;
961 }
962
963 // Return true if the target wants to transform Op(Splat(X)) -> Splat(Op(X))
964 virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const { return true; }
965
966 // Return true if the target wants to transform:
967 // (TruncVT truncate(sext_in_reg(VT X, ExtVT))
968 // -> (TruncVT sext_in_reg(truncate(VT X), ExtVT))
969 // Some targets might prefer pre-sextinreg to improve truncation/saturation.
970 virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const {
971 return true;
972 }
973
974 /// Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that
975 /// turns ext(promotableInst1(...(promotableInstN(load)))) into
976 /// promotedInst1(...(promotedInstN(ext(load)))).
978
979 /// Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,
980 /// Idx).
981 /// \p Cost[out] gives the cost of that transformation when this is true.
982 virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx,
983 unsigned &Cost) const {
984 return false;
985 }
986
987 /// Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store
988 /// given that the vector is known to be splat of constant.
989 /// \p Index[out] gives the index of the vector element to be extracted when
990 /// this is true.
992 Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const {
993 return false;
994 }
995
996 /// Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef
997 /// vector is more efficiently handled by splatting the scalar instead.
998 virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const {
999 return false;
1000 }
1001
1002 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1003 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1004 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1005 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const { return false; }
1006
1007 /// Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a
1008 /// given value type. This must typically return false on targets where FMA
1009 /// takes more cycles to execute than FADD.
1010 virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const { return false; }
1011
1012 /// Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
1013 virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context,
1014 EVT VT) const;
1015
1016 /// Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls. Comparison libcalls include
1017 /// floating point comparison calls, and Ordered/Unordered check calls on
1018 /// floating point numbers.
1020 return MVT::i32; // return the default value
1021 }
1022
1023 /// For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits
1024 /// of boolean values held in types wider than i1.
1025 ///
1026 /// "Boolean values" are special true/false values produced by nodes like
1027 /// SETCC and consumed (as the condition) by nodes like SELECT and BRCOND.
1028 /// Not to be confused with general values promoted from i1. Some cpus
1029 /// distinguish between vectors of boolean and scalars; the isVec parameter
1030 /// selects between the two kinds. For example on X86 a scalar boolean should
1031 /// be zero extended from i1, while the elements of a vector of booleans
1032 /// should be sign extended from i1.
1033 ///
1034 /// Some cpus also treat floating point types the same way as they treat
1035 /// vectors instead of the way they treat scalars.
1036 BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const {
1037 if (isVec)
1038 return BooleanVectorContents;
1039 return isFloat ? BooleanFloatContents : BooleanContents;
1040 }
1041
1043 return getBooleanContents(Type.isVector(), Type.isFloatingPoint());
1044 }
1045
1046 /// Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
1047 /// A target boolean is an integer value, not necessarily of type i1, the bits
1048 /// of which conform to getBooleanContents.
1049 ///
1050 /// ValVT is the type of values that produced the boolean.
1052 EVT ValVT) const {
1053 SDLoc dl(Bool);
1054 EVT BoolVT =
1055 getSetCCResultType(DAG.getDataLayout(), *DAG.getContext(), ValVT);
1057 return DAG.getNode(ExtendCode, dl, BoolVT, Bool);
1058 }
1059
1060 /// Return target scheduling preference.
1062 return SchedPreferenceInfo;
1063 }
1064
1065 /// Some scheduler, e.g. hybrid, can switch to different scheduling heuristics
1066 /// for different nodes. This function returns the preference (or none) for
1067 /// the given node.
1069 return Sched::None;
1070 }
1071
1072 /// Return the register class that should be used for the specified value
1073 /// type.
1074 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent = false) const {
1075 (void)isDivergent;
1076 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1077 assert(RC && "This value type is not natively supported!");
1078 return RC;
1079 }
1080
1081 /// Allows target to decide about the register class of the
1082 /// specific value that is live outside the defining block.
1083 /// Returns true if the value needs uniform register class.
1085 const Value *) const {
1086 return false;
1087 }
1088
1089 /// Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value
1090 /// type.
1091 ///
1092 /// The 'representative' register class is the largest legal super-reg
1093 /// register class for the register class of the value type. For example, on
1094 /// i386 the rep register class for i8, i16, and i32 are GR32; while the rep
1095 /// register class is GR64 on x86_64.
1096 virtual const TargetRegisterClass *getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const {
1097 const TargetRegisterClass *RC = RepRegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1098 return RC;
1099 }
1100
1101 /// Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified
1102 /// value type.
1104 return RepRegClassCostForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1105 }
1106
1107 /// Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with
1108 /// \p ExpansionFactor being the recursion depth - how many expansion needed.
1114 virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy
1116 unsigned ExpansionFactor) const {
1117 if (ExpansionFactor == 1)
1120 }
1121
1122 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
1123 /// This means that it has a register that directly holds it without
1124 /// promotions or expansions.
1125 bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const {
1126 assert(!VT.isSimple() ||
1127 (unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
1128 return VT.isSimple() && RegClassForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy] != nullptr;
1129 }
1130
1132 /// ValueTypeActions - For each value type, keep a LegalizeTypeAction enum
1133 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the type.
1134 LegalizeTypeAction ValueTypeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
1135
1136 public:
1137 ValueTypeActionImpl() { llvm::fill(ValueTypeActions, TypeLegal); }
1138
1140 return ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy];
1141 }
1142
1144 ValueTypeActions[VT.SimpleTy] = Action;
1145 }
1146 };
1147
1149 return ValueTypeActions;
1150 }
1151
1152 /// Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to
1153 /// happen to EVT (second) in order to type-legalize it.
1154 ///
1155 /// First: how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1156 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1157 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1158 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1159 ///
1160 /// Second: for types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
1161 /// For types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger
1162 /// type to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest
1163 /// integer register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the
1164 /// smaller register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the
1165 /// integer type to transform to.
1166 LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const;
1167
1168 /// Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already
1169 /// legal (return 'Legal') or we need to promote it to a larger type (return
1170 /// 'Promote'), or we need to expand it into multiple registers of smaller
1171 /// integer type (return 'Expand'). 'Custom' is not an option.
1173 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).first;
1174 }
1176 return ValueTypeActions.getTypeAction(VT);
1177 }
1178
1179 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1180 /// types that must be promoted to larger types, this returns the larger type
1181 /// to promote to. For integer types that are larger than the largest integer
1182 /// register, this contains one step in the expansion to get to the smaller
1183 /// register. For illegal floating point types, this returns the integer type
1184 /// to transform to.
1185 virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1186 return getTypeConversion(Context, VT).second;
1187 }
1188
1189 /// Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
1190 /// Useful for vector operations that might take multiple steps to legalize.
1192 EVT LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1193 while (LegalVT != VT) {
1194 VT = LegalVT;
1195 LegalVT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1196 }
1197 return LegalVT;
1198 }
1199
1200 /// For types supported by the target, this is an identity function. For
1201 /// types that must be expanded (i.e. integer types that are larger than the
1202 /// largest integer register or illegal floating point types), this returns
1203 /// the largest legal type it will be expanded to.
1204 EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1205 assert(!VT.isVector());
1206 while (true) {
1207 switch (getTypeAction(Context, VT)) {
1208 case TypeLegal:
1209 return VT;
1210 case TypeExpandInteger:
1211 VT = getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT);
1212 break;
1213 default:
1214 llvm_unreachable("Type is not legal nor is it to be expanded!");
1215 }
1216 }
1217 }
1218
1219 /// Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
1220 /// For example, EVT::v8f32 maps to 2 EVT::v4f32 with Altivec or SSE1, or 8
1221 /// promoted EVT::f64 values with the X86 FP stack. Similarly, EVT::v2i64
1222 /// turns into 4 EVT::i32 values with both PPC and X86.
1223 ///
1224 /// This method returns the number of registers needed, and the VT for each
1225 /// register. It also returns the VT and quantity of the intermediate values
1226 /// before they are promoted/expanded.
1227 unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT,
1228 EVT &IntermediateVT,
1229 unsigned &NumIntermediates,
1230 MVT &RegisterVT) const;
1231
1232 /// Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are
1233 /// always broken down into scalars in some contexts. This occurs even if the
1234 /// vector type is legal.
1236 LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT,
1237 unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const {
1238 return getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, IntermediateVT, NumIntermediates,
1239 RegisterVT);
1240 }
1241
1243 unsigned opc = 0; // target opcode
1244 EVT memVT; // memory VT
1245
1246 // value representing memory location
1248
1249 // Fallback address space for use if ptrVal is nullptr. std::nullopt means
1250 // unknown address space.
1251 std::optional<unsigned> fallbackAddressSpace;
1252
1253 int offset = 0; // offset off of ptrVal
1254 uint64_t size = 0; // the size of the memory location
1255 // (taken from memVT if zero)
1256 MaybeAlign align = Align(1); // alignment
1257
1262 IntrinsicInfo() = default;
1263 };
1264
1265 /// Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map
1266 /// to a MemIntrinsicNode (touches memory). If this is the case, it stores
1267 /// the intrinsic information into the IntrinsicInfo vector passed to the
1268 /// function. The vector may contain multiple entries for intrinsics that
1269 /// access multiple memory locations.
1271 const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF,
1272 unsigned Intrinsic) const {}
1273
1274 /// Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP
1275 /// immediate natively. If false, the legalizer will materialize the FP
1276 /// immediate as a load from a constant pool.
1277 virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat & /*Imm*/, EVT /*VT*/,
1278 bool ForCodeSize = false) const {
1279 return false;
1280 }
1281
1282 /// Targets can use this to indicate that they only support *some*
1283 /// VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations, those with specific masks. By default, if a
1284 /// target supports the VECTOR_SHUFFLE node, all mask values are assumed to be
1285 /// legal.
1286 virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef<int> /*Mask*/, EVT /*VT*/) const {
1287 return true;
1288 }
1289
1290 /// Returns true if the operation can trap for the value type.
1291 ///
1292 /// VT must be a legal type. By default, we optimistically assume most
1293 /// operations don't trap except for integer divide and remainder.
1294 virtual bool canOpTrap(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const;
1295
1296 /// Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal. Targets can use this to indicate if there
1297 /// is a suitable VECTOR_SHUFFLE that can be used to replace a VAND with a
1298 /// constant pool entry.
1300 EVT /*VT*/) const {
1301 return false;
1302 }
1303
1304 /// How to legalize this custom operation?
1306 return Legal;
1307 }
1308
1309 /// Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to
1310 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1311 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1313 // If a target-specific SDNode requires legalization, require the target
1314 // to provide custom legalization for it.
1315 if (Op >= std::size(OpActions[0]))
1316 return Custom;
1317 if (VT.isExtended())
1318 return Expand;
1319 return OpActions[(unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy][Op];
1320 }
1321
1322 /// Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which
1323 /// may require a scale is supported natively by the target.
1324 /// If not, the operation is illegal.
1325 virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT,
1326 unsigned Scale) const {
1327 return false;
1328 }
1329
1330 /// Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but
1331 /// only for specific scales. This method allows for checking
1332 /// if the width is supported by the target for a given operation that may
1333 /// depend on scale.
1335 unsigned Scale) const {
1336 auto Action = getOperationAction(Op, VT);
1337 if (Action != Legal)
1338 return Action;
1339
1340 // This operation is supported in this type but may only work on specific
1341 // scales.
1342 bool Supported;
1343 switch (Op) {
1344 default:
1345 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected fixed point operation.");
1346 case ISD::SMULFIX:
1347 case ISD::SMULFIXSAT:
1348 case ISD::UMULFIX:
1349 case ISD::UMULFIXSAT:
1350 case ISD::SDIVFIX:
1351 case ISD::SDIVFIXSAT:
1352 case ISD::UDIVFIX:
1353 case ISD::UDIVFIXSAT:
1354 Supported = isSupportedFixedPointOperation(Op, VT, Scale);
1355 break;
1356 }
1357
1358 return Supported ? Action : Expand;
1359 }
1360
1361 // If Op is a strict floating-point operation, return the result
1362 // of getOperationAction for the equivalent non-strict operation.
1364 unsigned EqOpc;
1365 switch (Op) {
1366 default: llvm_unreachable("Unexpected FP pseudo-opcode");
1367#define DAG_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1368 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::DAGN; break;
1369#define CMP_INSTRUCTION(NAME, NARG, ROUND_MODE, INTRINSIC, DAGN) \
1370 case ISD::STRICT_##DAGN: EqOpc = ISD::SETCC; break;
1371#include "llvm/IR/ConstrainedOps.def"
1372 }
1373
1374 return getOperationAction(EqOpc, VT);
1375 }
1376
1377 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1378 /// made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide high-level
1379 /// lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths
1380 /// traversed pre and post legalisation.
1382 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1383 if (LegalOnly)
1384 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1385
1386 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1387 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1388 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom);
1389 }
1390
1391 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1392 /// made legal using promotion. This is used to help guide high-level lowering
1393 /// decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience for code paths traversed
1394 /// pre and post legalisation.
1396 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1397 if (LegalOnly)
1398 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1399
1400 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1401 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1402 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1403 }
1404
1405 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be
1406 /// made legal with custom lowering or using promotion. This is used to help
1407 /// guide high-level lowering decisions. LegalOnly is an optional convenience
1408 /// for code paths traversed pre and post legalisation.
1410 bool LegalOnly = false) const {
1411 if (LegalOnly)
1412 return isOperationLegal(Op, VT);
1413
1414 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1415 (getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal ||
1416 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom ||
1417 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Promote);
1418 }
1419
1420 /// Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether
1421 /// the type is legal or not.
1422 bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1423 return getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Custom;
1424 }
1425
1426 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
1427 virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const {
1428 if (Fn->getFnAttribute("no-jump-tables").getValueAsBool())
1429 return false;
1430
1431 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::BR_JT, MVT::Other) ||
1433 }
1434
1435 /// Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
1436 bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High,
1437 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1438 // FIXME: Using the pointer type doesn't seem ideal.
1439 uint64_t BW = DL.getIndexSizeInBits(0u);
1440 uint64_t Range = (High - Low).getLimitedValue(UINT64_MAX - 1) + 1;
1441 return Range <= BW;
1442 }
1443
1444 /// Return true if lowering to a jump table is suitable for a set of case
1445 /// clusters which may contain \p NumCases cases, \p Range range of values.
1446 virtual bool isSuitableForJumpTable(const SwitchInst *SI, uint64_t NumCases,
1448 BlockFrequencyInfo *BFI) const;
1449
1450 /// Returns preferred type for switch condition.
1451 virtual MVT getPreferredSwitchConditionType(LLVMContext &Context,
1452 EVT ConditionVT) const;
1453
1454 /// Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case
1455 /// clusters which contains \p NumDests unique destinations, \p Low and
1456 /// \p High as its lowest and highest case values, and expects \p NumCmps
1457 /// case value comparisons. Check if the number of destinations, comparison
1458 /// metric, and range are all suitable.
1461 const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const {
1462 // FIXME: I don't think NumCmps is the correct metric: a single case and a
1463 // range of cases both require only one branch to lower. Just looking at the
1464 // number of clusters and destinations should be enough to decide whether to
1465 // build bit tests.
1466
1467 // To lower a range with bit tests, the range must fit the bitwidth of a
1468 // machine word.
1469 if (!rangeFitsInWord(Low, High, DL))
1470 return false;
1471
1472 unsigned NumDests = DestCmps.size();
1473 unsigned NumCmps = 0;
1474 unsigned int MaxBitTestEntry = 0;
1475 for (auto &DestCmp : DestCmps) {
1476 NumCmps += DestCmp.second;
1477 if (DestCmp.second > MaxBitTestEntry)
1478 MaxBitTestEntry = DestCmp.second;
1479 }
1480
1481 // Comparisons might be cheaper for small number of comparisons, which can
1482 // be Arch Target specific.
1483 if (MaxBitTestEntry < getMinimumBitTestCmps())
1484 return false;
1485
1486 // Decide whether it's profitable to lower this range with bit tests. Each
1487 // destination requires a bit test and branch, and there is an overall range
1488 // check branch. For a small number of clusters, separate comparisons might
1489 // be cheaper, and for many destinations, splitting the range might be
1490 // better.
1491 return (NumDests == 1 && NumCmps >= 3) || (NumDests == 2 && NumCmps >= 5) ||
1492 (NumDests == 3 && NumCmps >= 6);
1493 }
1494
1495 /// Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or
1496 /// unlikely to be made legal with custom lowering. This is used to help guide
1497 /// high-level lowering decisions.
1498 bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1499 return (!isTypeLegal(VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Expand);
1500 }
1501
1502 /// Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
1503 bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1504 return (VT == MVT::Other || isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
1505 getOperationAction(Op, VT) == Legal;
1506 }
1507
1508 bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const {
1509 return isOperationExpand(Op, VT) || getOperationAction(Op, VT) == LibCall;
1510 }
1511
1512 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1513 /// through `setLoadExtAction` and `setAtomicLoadExtAction`) yield
1514 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1515 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1516 /// types.
1517 virtual LegalizeAction
1518 getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1519 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1521 }
1522
1523 /// Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal,
1524 /// needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other
1525 /// code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1526 LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1527 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1528 bool Atomic) const {
1529 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1530 return Expand;
1531 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1532 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1534 MemI < MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE && "Table isn't big enough!");
1535 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
1536
1537 LegalizeAction Action;
1538 if (Atomic) {
1539 Action =
1540 (LegalizeAction)((AtomicLoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1541 assert((Action == Legal || Action == Expand) &&
1542 "Unsupported atomic load extension action.");
1543 } else {
1544 Action = (LegalizeAction)((LoadExtActions[ValI][MemI] >> Shift) & 0xf);
1545 }
1546
1547 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1548 return getCustomLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType,
1549 Atomic);
1550 }
1551
1552 return Action;
1553 }
1554
1555 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
1556 bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace,
1557 unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const {
1558 return getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic) ==
1559 Legal;
1560 }
1561
1562 /// Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom
1563 /// on this target.
1564 bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1565 unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType,
1566 bool Atomic) const {
1567 LegalizeAction Action =
1568 getLoadAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace, ExtType, Atomic);
1569 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1570 }
1571
1572 /// Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured
1573 /// through `setTruncStoreAction` yield
1574 /// `LegalizeAction::Custom`. Allows targets to use builtin behaviors (e.g.
1575 /// Legal, Promote) specialized by Alignment and AddrSpace, rather than just
1576 /// types.
1578 Align Alignment,
1579 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1581 }
1582
1583 /// Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is
1584 /// legal, needs to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some
1585 /// other code sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1587 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1588 if (ValVT.isExtended() || MemVT.isExtended())
1589 return Expand;
1590 unsigned ValI = (unsigned)ValVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1591 unsigned MemI = (unsigned)MemVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy;
1593 "Table isn't big enough!");
1594
1595 LegalizeAction Action = TruncStoreActions[ValI][MemI];
1596
1597 if (Action == LegalizeAction::Custom) {
1598 return getCustomTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1599 }
1600
1601 return Action;
1602 }
1603
1604 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this
1605 /// target.
1606 bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1607 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1608 return isTypeLegal(ValVT) &&
1609 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace) == Legal;
1610 }
1611
1612 /// Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this
1613 /// target.
1614 bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1615 unsigned AddrSpace) const {
1616 if (!isTypeLegal(ValVT))
1617 return false;
1618
1619 LegalizeAction Action =
1620 getTruncStoreAction(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1621 return (Action == Legal || Action == Custom);
1622 }
1623
1624 virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment,
1625 unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const {
1626 if (LegalOnly)
1627 return isTruncStoreLegal(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1628
1629 return isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(ValVT, MemVT, Alignment, AddrSpace);
1630 }
1631
1632 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1633 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1634 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1635 LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1636 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load);
1637 }
1638
1639 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1640 bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1641 return VT.isSimple() &&
1642 (getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1643 getIndexedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1644 }
1645
1646 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1647 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1648 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1649 LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1650 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store);
1651 }
1652
1653 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1654 bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1655 return VT.isSimple() &&
1656 (getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1657 getIndexedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Custom);
1658 }
1659
1660 /// Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1661 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1662 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1663 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1664 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad);
1665 }
1666
1667 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1668 bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1669 return VT.isSimple() &&
1670 (getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1672 }
1673
1674 /// Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1675 /// to be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
1676 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
1677 LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const {
1678 return getIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore);
1679 }
1680
1681 /// Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
1682 bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const {
1683 return VT.isSimple() &&
1684 (getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(IdxMode, VT.getSimpleVT()) == Legal ||
1686 }
1687
1688 /// Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires
1689 /// extending
1690 virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const { return false; }
1691
1692 // Returns true if Extend can be folded into the index of a masked gathers/scatters
1693 // on this target.
1694 virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const {
1695 return false;
1696 }
1697
1698 // Return true if the target supports a scatter/gather instruction with
1699 // indices which are scaled by the particular value. Note that all targets
1700 // must by definition support scale of 1.
1702 uint64_t ElemSize) const {
1703 // MGATHER/MSCATTER are only required to support scaling by one or by the
1704 // element size.
1705 if (Scale != ElemSize && Scale != 1)
1706 return false;
1707 return true;
1708 }
1709
1710 /// Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs
1711 /// to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the target has a custom
1712 /// expander for it.
1715 assert((unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
1716 ((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy >> 3) < std::size(CondCodeActions[0]) &&
1717 "Table isn't big enough!");
1718 // See setCondCodeAction for how this is encoded.
1719 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
1720 uint32_t Value = CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3];
1721 LegalizeAction Action = (LegalizeAction) ((Value >> Shift) & 0xF);
1722 assert(Action != Promote && "Can't promote condition code!");
1723 return Action;
1724 }
1725
1726 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of
1727 /// the specified types on this target.
1728 bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const {
1729 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal;
1730 }
1731
1732 /// Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a
1733 /// comparison of the specified types on this target.
1735 return getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Legal ||
1736 getCondCodeAction(CC, VT) == Custom;
1737 }
1738
1739 /// Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type
1740 /// InputVT should be treated. Either it's legal, needs to be promoted to a
1741 /// larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code sequence, or the
1742 /// target has a custom expander for it.
1744 EVT InputVT) const {
1747 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy,
1748 InputVT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy};
1749 auto It = PartialReduceMLAActions.find(Key);
1750 return It != PartialReduceMLAActions.end() ? It->second : Expand;
1751 }
1752
1753 /// Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is
1754 /// legal or custom for this target.
1756 EVT InputVT) const {
1757 LegalizeAction Action = getPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT);
1758 return Action == Legal || Action == Custom;
1759 }
1760
1761 /// If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the
1762 /// ValueType to promote to.
1763 MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const {
1765 "This operation isn't promoted!");
1766
1767 // See if this has an explicit type specified.
1768 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>,
1770 PromoteToType.find(std::make_pair(Op, VT.SimpleTy));
1771 if (PTTI != PromoteToType.end()) return PTTI->second;
1772
1773 assert((VT.isInteger() || VT.isFloatingPoint()) &&
1774 "Cannot autopromote this type, add it with AddPromotedToType.");
1775
1776 uint64_t VTBits = VT.getScalarSizeInBits();
1777 MVT NVT = VT;
1778 do {
1779 NVT = (MVT::SimpleValueType)(NVT.SimpleTy+1);
1780 assert(NVT.isInteger() == VT.isInteger() &&
1781 NVT.isFloatingPoint() == VT.isFloatingPoint() &&
1782 "Didn't find type to promote to!");
1783 } while (VTBits >= NVT.getScalarSizeInBits() || !isTypeLegal(NVT) ||
1784 getOperationAction(Op, NVT) == Promote);
1785 return NVT;
1786 }
1787
1789 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1790 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1791 }
1792
1793 /// Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type. This is fixed by the LLVM
1794 /// operations except for the pointer size. If AllowUnknown is true, this
1795 /// will return MVT::Other for types with no EVT counterpart (e.g. structs),
1796 /// otherwise it will assert.
1798 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1799 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1800 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1801 return getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1802
1803 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1804 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1805 // Lower vectors of pointers to native pointer types.
1806 EVT EltVT;
1807 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1808 EltVT = getPointerTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1809 else
1810 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1811 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1812 }
1813
1814 return EVT::getEVT(Ty, AllowUnknown);
1815 }
1816
1818 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1819 // Lower scalar pointers to native pointer types.
1820 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty))
1821 return getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1822
1823 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1824 Type *EltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1825 EVT EltVT;
1826 if (auto *PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(EltTy))
1827 EltVT = getPointerMemTy(DL, PTy->getAddressSpace());
1828 else
1829 EltVT = EVT::getEVT(EltTy, false);
1830 return EVT::getVectorVT(Ty->getContext(), EltVT, VTy->getElementCount());
1831 }
1832
1833 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown);
1834 }
1835
1836
1837 /// Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
1839 bool AllowUnknown = false) const {
1840 return getValueType(DL, Ty, AllowUnknown).getSimpleVT();
1841 }
1842
1843 /// Returns the desired alignment for ByVal or InAlloca aggregate function
1844 /// arguments in the caller parameter area.
1845 virtual Align getByValTypeAlignment(Type *Ty, const DataLayout &DL) const;
1846
1847 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1849 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegisterTypeForVT));
1850 return RegisterTypeForVT[VT.SimpleTy];
1851 }
1852
1853 /// Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
1854 MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const {
1855 if (VT.isSimple())
1856 return getRegisterType(VT.getSimpleVT());
1857 if (VT.isVector()) {
1858 EVT VT1;
1859 MVT RegisterVT;
1860 unsigned NumIntermediates;
1861 (void)getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, VT1,
1862 NumIntermediates, RegisterVT);
1863 return RegisterVT;
1864 }
1865 if (VT.isInteger()) {
1866 return getRegisterType(Context, getTypeToTransformTo(Context, VT));
1867 }
1868 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
1869 }
1870
1871 /// Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually
1872 /// require.
1873 ///
1874 /// This is one for any types promoted to live in larger registers, but may be
1875 /// more than one for types (like i64) that are split into pieces. For types
1876 /// like i140, which are first promoted then expanded, it is the number of
1877 /// registers needed to hold all the bits of the original type. For an i140
1878 /// on a 32 bit machine this means 5 registers.
1879 ///
1880 /// RegisterVT may be passed as a way to override the default settings, for
1881 /// instance with i128 inline assembly operands on SystemZ.
1882 virtual unsigned
1884 std::optional<MVT> RegisterVT = std::nullopt) const {
1885 if (VT.isSimple()) {
1886 assert((unsigned)VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy <
1887 std::size(NumRegistersForVT));
1888 return NumRegistersForVT[VT.getSimpleVT().SimpleTy];
1889 }
1890 if (VT.isVector()) {
1891 EVT VT1;
1892 MVT VT2;
1893 unsigned NumIntermediates;
1894 return getVectorTypeBreakdown(Context, VT, VT1, NumIntermediates, VT2);
1895 }
1896 if (VT.isInteger()) {
1897 unsigned BitWidth = VT.getSizeInBits();
1898 unsigned RegWidth = getRegisterType(Context, VT).getSizeInBits();
1899 return (BitWidth + RegWidth - 1) / RegWidth;
1900 }
1901 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported extended type!");
1902 }
1903
1904 /// Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types
1905 /// are legal for some operations and not for other operations.
1906 /// For MIPS all vector types must be passed through the integer register set.
1908 CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const {
1909 return getRegisterType(Context, VT);
1910 }
1911
1912 /// Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types. For MIPS,
1913 /// this occurs when a vector type is used, as vector are passed through the
1914 /// integer register set.
1916 CallingConv::ID CC,
1917 EVT VT) const {
1918 return getNumRegisters(Context, VT);
1919 }
1920
1921 /// Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one
1922 /// type has the alignment requirement of another type.
1924 const DataLayout &DL) const {
1925 return DL.getABITypeAlign(ArgTy);
1926 }
1927
1928 /// If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant
1929 /// of the specified type to a smaller type in order to save space and / or
1930 /// reduce runtime.
1931 virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const { return true; }
1932
1933 /// Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
1934 /// \p ByteOffset is only set if we know the pointer offset at compile time
1935 /// otherwise we should assume that additional pointer math is required.
1936 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (i32 (load x))) -> i16 load x
1937 /// Example: (i16 (trunc (srl (i32 (load x)), 16)) -> i16 load x+2
1939 SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT,
1940 std::optional<unsigned> ByteOffset = std::nullopt) const {
1941 // By default, assume that it is cheaper to extract a subvector from a wide
1942 // vector load rather than creating multiple narrow vector loads.
1943 if (NewVT.isVector() && !SDValue(Load, 0).hasOneUse())
1944 return false;
1945
1946 return true;
1947 }
1948
1949 /// Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x)
1950 /// where the sext is redundant, and use x directly.
1951 virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const { return true; }
1952
1953 /// Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits
1954 /// when storing the type to memory and the type size isn't equal to the store
1955 /// size.
1957 return VT.isScalarInteger() && !VT.isByteSized();
1958 }
1959
1960 /// When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo
1961 /// or Hi part come first? This usually follows the endianness, except
1962 /// for ppcf128, where the Hi part always comes first.
1964 return DL.isBigEndian() || VT == MVT::ppcf128;
1965 }
1966
1967 /// If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can
1968 /// perform for the specified node.
1970 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
1971 return TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] & (1 << (NT&7));
1972 }
1973
1976 }
1977
1978 /// Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
1979 virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const {
1980 return getPointerTy(DL).getSizeInBits();
1981 }
1982
1983 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memset
1984 ///
1985 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1986 /// to replace a call to llvm.memset. The value is set by the target at the
1987 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1988 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1989 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemset(bool OptSize) const;
1990
1991 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memcpy
1992 ///
1993 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
1994 /// to replace a call to llvm.memcpy. The value is set by the target at the
1995 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
1996 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
1997 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemcpy(bool OptSize) const;
1998
1999 /// \brief Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together
2000 ///
2001 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2002 /// to glue together during lowering of llvm.memcpy. The value is set by
2003 // the target at the performance threshold for such a replacement.
2004 virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const {
2006 }
2007
2008 /// Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp
2009 ///
2010 /// This function returns the maximum number of load operations permitted
2011 /// to replace a call to memcmp. The value is set by the target at the
2012 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2013 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2014 unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const {
2016 }
2017
2018 /// Get maximum # of store operations permitted for llvm.memmove
2019 ///
2020 /// This function returns the maximum number of store operations permitted
2021 /// to replace a call to llvm.memmove. The value is set by the target at the
2022 /// performance threshold for such a replacement. If OptSize is true,
2023 /// return the limit for functions that have OptSize attribute.
2024 unsigned getMaxStoresPerMemmove(bool OptSize) const;
2025
2026 /// Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
2027 ///
2028 /// This function returns true if the target allows unaligned memory accesses
2029 /// of the specified type in the given address space. If true, it also returns
2030 /// a relative speed of the unaligned memory access in the last argument by
2031 /// reference. The higher the speed number the faster the operation comparing
2032 /// to a number returned by another such call. This is used, for example, in
2033 /// situations where an array copy/move/set is converted to a sequence of
2034 /// store operations. Its use helps to ensure that such replacements don't
2035 /// generate code that causes an alignment error (trap) on the target machine.
2037 EVT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2039 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2040 return false;
2041 }
2042
2043 /// LLT handling variant.
2045 LLT, unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2047 unsigned * /*Fast*/ = nullptr) const {
2048 return false;
2049 }
2050
2051 /// This function returns true if the memory access is aligned or if the
2052 /// target allows this specific unaligned memory access. If the access is
2053 /// allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative speed of the
2054 /// access (as defined by the target).
2055 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(
2056 LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2057 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2059 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2060
2061 /// Return true if the memory access of this type is aligned or if the target
2062 /// allows this specific unaligned access for the given MachineMemOperand.
2063 /// If the access is allowed, the optional final parameter returns a relative
2064 /// speed of the access (as defined by the target).
2065 bool allowsMemoryAccessForAlignment(LLVMContext &Context,
2066 const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2067 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2068 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2069
2070 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2071 /// given address space and alignment. If the access is allowed, the optional
2072 /// final parameter returns the relative speed of the access (as defined by
2073 /// the target).
2074 virtual bool
2075 allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2076 unsigned AddrSpace = 0, Align Alignment = Align(1),
2078 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2079
2080 /// Return true if the target supports a memory access of this type for the
2081 /// given MachineMemOperand. If the access is allowed, the optional
2082 /// final parameter returns the relative access speed (as defined by the
2083 /// target).
2084 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, EVT VT,
2085 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2086 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2087
2088 /// LLT handling variant.
2089 bool allowsMemoryAccess(LLVMContext &Context, const DataLayout &DL, LLT Ty,
2090 const MachineMemOperand &MMO,
2091 unsigned *Fast = nullptr) const;
2092
2093 /// Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as
2094 /// a result of memset, memcpy, and memmove lowering.
2095 /// It returns EVT::Other if the type should be determined using generic
2096 /// target-independent logic.
2097 virtual EVT
2099 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2100 return MVT::Other;
2101 }
2102
2103 /// LLT returning variant.
2104 virtual LLT
2106 const AttributeList & /*FuncAttributes*/) const {
2107 return LLT();
2108 }
2109
2110 /// Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to
2111 /// expand memcpy / memset inline.
2112 ///
2113 /// This is mostly true for all types except for some special cases. For
2114 /// example, on X86 targets without SSE2 f64 load / store are done with fldl /
2115 /// fstpl which also does type conversion. Note the specified type doesn't
2116 /// have to be legal as the hook is used before type legalization.
2117 virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT /*VT*/) const { return true; }
2118
2119 /// Return lower limit for number of blocks in a jump table.
2120 virtual unsigned getMinimumJumpTableEntries() const;
2121
2122 /// Return lower limit of the density in a jump table.
2123 unsigned getMinimumJumpTableDensity(bool OptForSize) const;
2124
2125 /// Return upper limit for number of entries in a jump table.
2126 /// Zero if no limit.
2127 unsigned getMaximumJumpTableSize() const;
2128
2129 virtual bool isJumpTableRelative() const;
2130
2131 /// Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
2132 unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const;
2133
2134 /// Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for
2135 /// scalable vectors.
2137 return MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
2138 }
2139
2140 /// If a physical register, this specifies the register that
2141 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2143 return StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
2144 }
2145
2146 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2147 /// exception address on entry to an EH pad.
2148 virtual Register
2149 getExceptionPointerRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2150 return Register();
2151 }
2152
2153 /// If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the
2154 /// exception typeid on entry to a landing pad.
2155 virtual Register
2156 getExceptionSelectorRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const {
2157 return Register();
2158 }
2159
2160 virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const {
2161 reportFatalUsageError("Funclet EH is not implemented for this target");
2162 }
2163
2164 /// Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2166 return MinStackArgumentAlignment;
2167 }
2168
2169 /// Return the minimum function alignment.
2170 Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const { return MinFunctionAlignment; }
2171
2172 /// Return the preferred function alignment.
2173 Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const { return PrefFunctionAlignment; }
2174
2175 /// Return the preferred loop alignment.
2176 virtual Align getPrefLoopAlignment(MachineLoop *ML = nullptr) const;
2177
2178 /// Return the maximum amount of bytes allowed to be emitted when padding for
2179 /// alignment
2180 virtual unsigned
2181 getMaxPermittedBytesForAlignment(MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
2182
2183 /// Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not
2184 /// MinSize).
2185 virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const { return false; }
2186
2187 /// If the target has a standard location for the stack protector guard,
2188 /// returns the address of that location. Otherwise, returns nullptr.
2189 /// DEPRECATED: please override useLoadStackGuardNode and customize
2190 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD, or customize \@llvm.stackguard().
2191 virtual Value *getIRStackGuard(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2192 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2193
2194 /// Inserts necessary declarations for SSP (stack protection) purpose.
2195 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2196 virtual void insertSSPDeclarations(Module &M,
2197 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2198
2199 /// Return the variable that's previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations,
2200 /// if any, otherwise return nullptr. Should be used only when
2201 /// getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2202 virtual Value *getSDagStackGuard(const Module &M,
2203 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2204
2205 /// If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the
2206 /// frame pointer (or whichever pointer is used to address locals) into the
2207 /// stack guard value before checking it. getIRStackGuard must return nullptr
2208 /// if this returns true.
2209 virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const { return false; }
2210
2211 /// If the target has a standard stack protection check function that
2212 /// performs validation and error handling, returns the function. Otherwise,
2213 /// returns nullptr. Must be previously inserted by insertSSPDeclarations.
2214 /// Should be used only when getIRStackGuard returns nullptr.
2215 Function *getSSPStackGuardCheck(const Module &M,
2216 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2217
2218protected:
2219 Value *getDefaultSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2220 bool UseTLS) const;
2221
2222public:
2223 /// Returns the target-specific address of the unsafe stack pointer.
2224 virtual Value *
2225 getSafeStackPointerLocation(IRBuilderBase &IRB,
2226 const LibcallLoweringInfo &Libcalls) const;
2227
2228 /// Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty
2229 /// string if not applicable.
2230 virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2231
2232 virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const { return false; }
2233
2235 return "";
2236 }
2237
2238 /// Returns true if a cast from SrcAS to DestAS is "cheap", such that e.g. we
2239 /// are happy to sink it into basic blocks. A cast may be free, but not
2240 /// necessarily a no-op. e.g. a free truncate from a 64-bit to 32-bit pointer.
2241 virtual bool isFreeAddrSpaceCast(unsigned SrcAS, unsigned DestAS) const;
2242
2243 /// Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning
2244 /// the object whose address is being passed. If so then MinSize is set to the
2245 /// minimum size the object must be to be aligned and PrefAlign is set to the
2246 /// preferred alignment.
2247 virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst * /*CI*/, unsigned & /*MinSize*/,
2248 Align & /*PrefAlign*/) const {
2249 return false;
2250 }
2251
2252 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2253 /// \name Helpers for TargetTransformInfo implementations
2254 /// @{
2255
2256 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Instruction class opcode.
2257 int InstructionOpcodeToISD(unsigned Opcode) const;
2258
2259 /// Get the ISD node that corresponds to the Intrinsic ID. Returns
2260 /// ISD::DELETED_NODE by default for an unsupported Intrinsic ID.
2261 int IntrinsicIDToISD(Intrinsic::ID ID) const;
2262
2263 /// @}
2264
2265 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2266 /// \name Helpers for atomic expansion.
2267 /// @{
2268
2269 /// Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by
2270 /// the backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well
2271 /// as ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2272 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2274 return MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
2275 }
2276
2277 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2278 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2280 return MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
2281 }
2282
2283 /// Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the
2284 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2286 return MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
2287 }
2288
2289 /// Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction
2290 /// the backend supports. Any smaller operations are widened in
2291 /// AtomicExpandPass.
2292 ///
2293 /// Note that *unlike* operations above the maximum size, atomic ops
2294 /// are still natively supported below the minimum; they just
2295 /// require a more complex expansion.
2296 unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const { return MinCmpXchgSizeInBits; }
2297
2298 /// Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
2299 bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const { return SupportsUnalignedAtomics; }
2300
2301 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce
2302 /// ordering for this atomic. This should be true for most architectures with
2303 /// weak memory ordering. Defaults to false.
2304 virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const {
2305 return false;
2306 }
2307
2308 /// Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing
2309 /// fence without reducing the ordering for this atomic store. Defaults to
2310 /// false.
2311 virtual bool
2313 return false;
2314 }
2315
2316 // The memory ordering that AtomicExpandPass should assign to a atomic
2317 // instruction that it has lowered by adding fences. This can be used
2318 // to "fold" one of the fences into the atomic instruction.
2319 virtual AtomicOrdering
2323
2324 // Whether to issue an atomic load for the initial word value before the
2325 // atomicrmw/cmpxchg emulation loop.
2326 // TODO: For correctness, an atomic load should be issued for all targets.
2327 // Remove this API once this is achieved
2329 return true;
2330 }
2331
2332 /// Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the
2333 /// corresponding pointee type. This may entail some non-trivial operations to
2334 /// truncate or reconstruct types that will be illegal in the backend. See
2335 /// ARMISelLowering for an example implementation.
2336 virtual Value *emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy,
2337 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2338 llvm_unreachable("Load linked unimplemented on this target");
2339 }
2340
2341 /// Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr. Return the status of the
2342 /// store. This should be 0 if the store succeeded, non-zero otherwise.
2344 Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2345 llvm_unreachable("Store conditional unimplemented on this target");
2346 }
2347
2348 /// Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2349 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2350 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2351 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2353 AtomicRMWInst *AI,
2354 Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr,
2355 Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt,
2356 AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2357 llvm_unreachable("Masked atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2358 }
2359
2360 /// Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way. This is
2361 /// expected to be called when masked atomicrmw and bit test atomicrmw don't
2362 /// work, and the target supports another way to lower atomicrmw.
2363 virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const {
2365 "Generic atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2366 }
2367
2368 /// Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
2369 virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const {
2371 "Generic atomic store expansion unimplemented on this target");
2372 }
2373
2374 /// Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
2375 virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const {
2377 "Generic atomic load expansion unimplemented on this target");
2378 }
2379
2380 /// Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
2382 llvm_unreachable("Generic cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2383 }
2384
2385 /// Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2386 /// represents the combined bit test intrinsic which will be lowered at a late
2387 /// stage by the backend.
2390 "Bit test atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2391 }
2392
2393 /// Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a
2394 /// target-specific intrinsic. This represents the combined atomic and compare
2395 /// intrinsic which will be lowered at a late stage by the backend.
2398 "Compare arith atomicrmw expansion unimplemented on this target");
2399 }
2400
2401 /// Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic. This
2402 /// represents the core LL/SC loop which will be lowered at a late stage by
2403 /// the backend. The target-specific intrinsic returns the loaded value and
2404 /// is not responsible for masking and shifting the result.
2406 IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr,
2407 Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const {
2408 llvm_unreachable("Masked cmpxchg expansion unimplemented on this target");
2409 }
2410
2411 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2412 /// \name KCFI check lowering.
2413 /// @{
2414
2417 const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const {
2418 llvm_unreachable("KCFI is not supported on this target");
2419 }
2420
2421 /// @}
2422
2423 /// Inserts in the IR a target-specific intrinsic specifying a fence.
2424 /// It is called by AtomicExpandPass before expanding an
2425 /// AtomicRMW/AtomicCmpXchg/AtomicStore/AtomicLoad
2426 /// if shouldInsertFencesForAtomic returns true.
2427 ///
2428 /// Inst is the original atomic instruction, prior to other expansions that
2429 /// may be performed.
2430 ///
2431 /// This function should either return a nullptr, or a pointer to an IR-level
2432 /// Instruction*. Even complex fence sequences can be represented by a
2433 /// single Instruction* through an intrinsic to be lowered later.
2434 ///
2435 /// The default implementation emits an IR fence before any release (or
2436 /// stronger) operation that stores, and after any acquire (or stronger)
2437 /// operation. This is generally a correct implementation, but backends may
2438 /// override if they wish to use alternative schemes (e.g. the PowerPC
2439 /// standard ABI uses a fence before a seq_cst load instead of after a
2440 /// seq_cst store).
2441 /// @{
2442 virtual Instruction *emitLeadingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2443 Instruction *Inst,
2444 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2445
2446 virtual Instruction *emitTrailingFence(IRBuilderBase &Builder,
2447 Instruction *Inst,
2448 AtomicOrdering Ord) const;
2449 /// @}
2450
2451 // Emits code that executes when the comparison result in the ll/sc
2452 // expansion of a cmpxchg instruction is such that the store-conditional will
2453 // not execute. This makes it possible to balance out the load-linked with
2454 // a dedicated instruction, if desired.
2455 // E.g., on ARM, if ldrex isn't followed by strex, the exclusive monitor would
2456 // be unnecessarily held, except if clrex, inserted by this hook, is executed.
2457 virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const {}
2458
2459 /// Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
2460 virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const {
2461 return IsSigned;
2462 }
2463
2464 /// Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
2465 virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const {
2466 return true;
2467 }
2468
2469 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the
2470 /// IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
2474
2475 /// Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level
2476 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2482
2483 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level
2484 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CustomExpand
2485 /// will try to use an atomicrmw xchg.
2489
2490 /// Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level
2491 /// AtomicExpand pass into. For instance AtomicExpansionKind::CastToInteger
2492 /// will try to cast the operands to integer values.
2494 if (SI->getValueOperand()->getType()->isFloatingPointTy())
2497 }
2498
2499 /// Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level
2500 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2501 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2505
2506 /// Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given
2507 /// AtomicRMW, if at all. Default is to never expand.
2508 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2510 if (RMW->isFloatingPointOperation())
2512 if (RMW->getType()->isVectorTy())
2515 }
2516
2517 /// Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level
2518 /// AtomicExpand pass.
2519 virtual AtomicExpansionKind
2521 Type *ValTy = RMWI->getValOperand()->getType();
2522 if (RMWI->getOperation() == AtomicRMWInst::Xchg &&
2523 (ValTy->isFloatingPointTy() || ValTy->isPointerTy() ||
2524 ValTy->isVectorTy()))
2526
2528 }
2529
2530 /// On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value
2531 /// (such as fetch_add of 0) can be turned into a fence followed by an
2532 /// atomic load. This may sound useless, but it makes it possible for the
2533 /// processor to keep the cacheline shared, dramatically improving
2534 /// performance. And such idempotent RMWs are useful for implementing some
2535 /// kinds of locks, see for example (justification + benchmarks):
2536 /// http://www.hpl.hp.com/techreports/2012/HPL-2012-68.pdf
2537 /// This method tries doing that transformation, returning the atomic load if
2538 /// it succeeds, and nullptr otherwise.
2539 /// If shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR returns true on that load, it will undergo
2540 /// another round of expansion.
2541 virtual LoadInst *
2543 return nullptr;
2544 }
2545
2546 /// Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND,
2547 /// SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2549 return ISD::ZERO_EXTEND;
2550 }
2551
2552 /// Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison
2553 /// value to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND). This is
2554 /// separate from getExtendForAtomicOps, which is concerned with the
2555 /// sign-extension of the instruction's output, whereas here we are concerned
2556 /// with the sign-extension of the input. For targets with compare-and-swap
2557 /// instructions (or sub-word comparisons in their LL/SC loop expansions),
2558 /// the input can be ANY_EXTEND, but the output will still have a specific
2559 /// extension.
2561 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2562 }
2563
2564 /// Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input
2565 /// argument to be extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND, or ANY_EXTEND).
2567 return ISD::ANY_EXTEND;
2568 }
2569
2570 /// @}
2571
2572 /// Returns true if we should normalize
2573 /// select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y), Y) and
2574 /// select(N0|N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X, Y, Y)) if it is likely
2575 /// that it saves us from materializing N0 and N1 in an integer register.
2576 /// Targets that are able to perform and/or on flags should return false here.
2577 /// \p VT is the type of the select (and X and Y). \p CCVT is the type of its
2578 /// condition (N0 and N1).
2580 EVT CCVT) const {
2581 // If a target has multiple condition registers, then it likely has logical
2582 // operations on those registers.
2584 return false;
2585 // Only do the transform if the value won't be split into multiple
2586 // registers.
2587 LegalizeTypeAction Action = getTypeAction(Context, VT);
2588 return Action != TypeExpandInteger && Action != TypeExpandFloat &&
2589 Action != TypeSplitVector;
2590 }
2591
2592 virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const { return true; }
2593
2594 /// Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be
2595 /// transformed into simple math ops with the condition value. For example:
2596 /// select Cond, C1, C1-1 --> add (zext Cond), C1-1
2597 virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const {
2598 return false;
2599 }
2600
2601 /// Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer
2602 /// multiplication-by-constant into simpler operations like shifts and adds.
2603 /// This may be true if the target does not directly support the
2604 /// multiplication operation for the specified type or the sequence of simpler
2605 /// ops is faster than the multiply.
2607 EVT VT, SDValue C) const {
2608 return false;
2609 }
2610
2611 /// Return true if it may be profitable to transform
2612 /// (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x, c2), c1*c2).
2613 /// This may not be true if c1 and c2 can be represented as immediates but
2614 /// c1*c2 cannot, for example.
2615 /// The target should check if c1, c2 and c1*c2 can be represented as
2616 /// immediates, or have to be materialized into registers. If it is not sure
2617 /// about some cases, a default true can be returned to let the DAGCombiner
2618 /// decide.
2619 /// AddNode is (add x, c1), and ConstNode is c2.
2621 SDValue ConstNode) const {
2622 return true;
2623 }
2624
2625 /// Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT
2626 /// conversion operations - canonicalizing the FP source value instead of
2627 /// converting all cases and then selecting based on value.
2628 /// This may be true if the target throws exceptions for out of bounds
2629 /// conversions or has fast FP CMOV.
2630 virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT,
2631 bool IsSigned) const {
2632 return false;
2633 }
2634
2635 /// Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.* intrinsic.
2636 /// If not optimizing for size, expanding @llvm.powi.* intrinsics is always
2637 /// considered beneficial.
2638 /// If optimizing for size, expansion is only considered beneficial for upto
2639 /// 5 multiplies and a divide (if the exponent is negative).
2640 bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const {
2641 if (Exponent < 0)
2642 Exponent = -Exponent;
2643 uint64_t E = static_cast<uint64_t>(Exponent);
2644 return !OptForSize || (llvm::popcount(E) + Log2_64(E) < 7);
2645 }
2646
2647 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2648 // TargetLowering Configuration Methods - These methods should be invoked by
2649 // the derived class constructor to configure this object for the target.
2650 //
2651protected:
2652 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2653 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2655 BooleanContents = Ty;
2656 BooleanFloatContents = Ty;
2657 }
2658
2659 /// Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point
2660 /// boolean values from i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2662 BooleanContents = IntTy;
2663 BooleanFloatContents = FloatTy;
2664 }
2665
2666 /// Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a
2667 /// vector of i1 to a wider type. See getBooleanContents.
2669 BooleanVectorContents = Ty;
2670 }
2671
2672 /// Specify the target scheduling preference.
2674 SchedPreferenceInfo = Pref;
2675 }
2676
2677 /// Indicate the minimum number of blocks to generate jump tables.
2678 void setMinimumJumpTableEntries(unsigned Val);
2679
2680 /// Indicate the maximum number of entries in jump tables.
2681 /// Set to zero to generate unlimited jump tables.
2682 void setMaximumJumpTableSize(unsigned);
2683
2684 /// Set the minimum of largest of number of comparisons to generate BitTest.
2685 void setMinimumBitTestCmps(unsigned Val);
2686
2687 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
2688 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
2690 StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore = R;
2691 }
2692
2693 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
2694 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
2695 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
2696 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
2697 void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn = true) {
2698 HasExtractBitsInsn = hasExtractInsn;
2699 }
2700
2701 /// Tells the code generator not to expand logic operations on comparison
2702 /// predicates into separate sequences that increase the amount of flow
2703 /// control.
2704 void setJumpIsExpensive(bool isExpensive = true);
2705
2706 /// Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
2707 void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth) {
2708 BypassSlowDivWidths[SlowBitWidth] = FastBitWidth;
2709 }
2710
2711 /// Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the
2712 /// specified value type. This indicates the selector can handle values of
2713 /// that class natively.
2715 assert((unsigned)VT.SimpleTy < std::size(RegClassForVT));
2716 RegClassForVT[VT.SimpleTy] = RC;
2717 }
2718
2719 /// Return the largest legal super-reg register class of the register class
2720 /// for the specified type and its associated "cost".
2721 virtual std::pair<const TargetRegisterClass *, uint8_t>
2722 findRepresentativeClass(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, MVT VT) const;
2723
2724 /// Once all of the register classes are added, this allows us to compute
2725 /// derived properties we expose.
2726 void computeRegisterProperties(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI);
2727
2728 /// Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified
2729 /// type and indicate what to do about it. Note that VT may refer to either
2730 /// the type of a result or that of an operand of Op.
2731 void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2732 assert(Op < std::size(OpActions[0]) && "Table isn't big enough!");
2733 OpActions[(unsigned)VT.SimpleTy][Op] = Action;
2734 }
2736 LegalizeAction Action) {
2737 for (auto Op : Ops)
2738 setOperationAction(Op, VT, Action);
2739 }
2741 LegalizeAction Action) {
2742 for (auto VT : VTs)
2743 setOperationAction(Ops, VT, Action);
2744 }
2745
2746 /// Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the
2747 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2748 void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2749 LegalizeAction Action) {
2750 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2751 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2752 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2753 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2754 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &= ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2755 LoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |= (uint16_t)Action << Shift;
2756 }
2757 void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef<unsigned> ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2758 LegalizeAction Action) {
2759 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2760 setLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2761 }
2763 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2764 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2765 setLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2766 }
2767
2768 /// Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type
2769 /// is legal.
2770 void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT,
2771 LegalizeAction Action) {
2772 assert(ExtType < ISD::LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE && ValVT.isValid() &&
2773 MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2774 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2775 unsigned Shift = 4 * ExtType;
2776 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] &=
2777 ~((uint16_t)0xF << Shift);
2778 AtomicLoadExtActions[ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] |=
2779 ((uint16_t)Action << Shift);
2780 }
2782 LegalizeAction Action) {
2783 for (auto ExtType : ExtTypes)
2784 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtType, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2785 }
2787 ArrayRef<MVT> MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action) {
2788 for (auto MemVT : MemVTs)
2789 setAtomicLoadExtAction(ExtTypes, ValVT, MemVT, Action);
2790 }
2791
2792 /// Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the
2793 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2794 void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2795 assert(ValVT.isValid() && MemVT.isValid() && "Table isn't big enough!");
2796 TruncStoreActions[(unsigned)ValVT.SimpleTy][MemVT.SimpleTy] = Action;
2797 }
2798
2799 /// Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the
2800 /// specified type and indicate what to do abort it.
2801 ///
2802 /// NOTE: All indexed mode loads are initialized to Expand in
2803 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2805 LegalizeAction Action) {
2806 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2807 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Load, Action);
2808 }
2809
2811 LegalizeAction Action) {
2812 for (auto VT : VTs)
2813 setIndexedLoadAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2814 }
2815
2816 /// Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the
2817 /// specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2818 ///
2819 /// NOTE: All indexed mode stores are initialized to Expand in
2820 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2822 LegalizeAction Action) {
2823 for (auto IdxMode : IdxModes)
2824 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_Store, Action);
2825 }
2826
2828 LegalizeAction Action) {
2829 for (auto VT : VTs)
2830 setIndexedStoreAction(IdxModes, VT, Action);
2831 }
2832
2833 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with
2834 /// the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2835 ///
2836 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked loads are initialized to Expand in
2837 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2838 void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2839 LegalizeAction Action) {
2840 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedLoad, Action);
2841 }
2842
2843 /// Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work
2844 /// with the specified type and indicate what to do about it.
2845 ///
2846 /// NOTE: All indexed mode masked stores are initialized to Expand in
2847 /// TargetLowering.cpp
2848 void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
2849 LegalizeAction Action) {
2850 setIndexedModeAction(IdxMode, VT, IMAB_MaskedStore, Action);
2851 }
2852
2853 /// Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the
2854 /// target and indicate what to do about it.
2856 LegalizeAction Action) {
2857 for (auto CC : CCs) {
2858 assert(VT.isValid() && (unsigned)CC < std::size(CondCodeActions) &&
2859 "Table isn't big enough!");
2860 assert((unsigned)Action < 0x10 && "too many bits for bitfield array");
2861 /// The lower 3 bits of the SimpleTy index into Nth 4bit set from the
2862 /// 32-bit value and the upper 29 bits index into the second dimension of
2863 /// the array to select what 32-bit value to use.
2864 uint32_t Shift = 4 * (VT.SimpleTy & 0x7);
2865 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << Shift);
2866 CondCodeActions[CC][VT.SimpleTy >> 3] |= (uint32_t)Action << Shift;
2867 }
2868 }
2870 LegalizeAction Action) {
2871 for (auto VT : VTs)
2872 setCondCodeAction(CCs, VT, Action);
2873 }
2874
2875 /// Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input
2876 /// type InputVT should be treated by the target. Either it's legal, needs to
2877 /// be promoted to a larger size, needs to be expanded to some other code
2878 /// sequence, or the target has a custom expander for it.
2879 void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT,
2880 LegalizeAction Action) {
2883 assert(AccVT.isValid() && InputVT.isValid() &&
2884 "setPartialReduceMLAAction types aren't valid");
2885 PartialReduceActionTypes Key = {Opc, AccVT.SimpleTy, InputVT.SimpleTy};
2886 PartialReduceMLAActions[Key] = Action;
2887 }
2889 MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action) {
2890 for (unsigned Opc : Opcodes)
2891 setPartialReduceMLAAction(Opc, AccVT, InputVT, Action);
2892 }
2893
2894 /// If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults
2895 /// to trying a larger integer/fp until it can find one that works. If that
2896 /// default is insufficient, this method can be used by the target to override
2897 /// the default.
2898 void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2899 PromoteToType[std::make_pair(Opc, OrigVT.SimpleTy)] = DestVT.SimpleTy;
2900 }
2901
2902 /// Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type
2903 /// in a single call.
2904 void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT) {
2905 setOperationAction(Opc, OrigVT, Promote);
2906 AddPromotedToType(Opc, OrigVT, DestVT);
2907 }
2909 MVT DestVT) {
2910 for (auto Op : Ops) {
2911 setOperationAction(Op, OrigVT, Promote);
2912 AddPromotedToType(Op, OrigVT, DestVT);
2913 }
2914 }
2915
2916 /// Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that
2917 /// they want to provide a custom DAG combiner for by implementing the
2918 /// PerformDAGCombine virtual method.
2920 for (auto NT : NTs) {
2921 assert(unsigned(NT >> 3) < std::size(TargetDAGCombineArray));
2922 TargetDAGCombineArray[NT >> 3] |= 1 << (NT & 7);
2923 }
2924 }
2925
2926 /// Set the target's minimum function alignment.
2928 MinFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2929 }
2930
2931 /// Set the target's preferred function alignment. This should be set if
2932 /// there is a performance benefit to higher-than-minimum alignment
2934 PrefFunctionAlignment = Alignment;
2935 }
2936
2937 /// Set the target's preferred loop alignment. Default alignment is one, it
2938 /// means the target does not care about loop alignment. The target may also
2939 /// override getPrefLoopAlignment to provide per-loop values.
2940 void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment) { PrefLoopAlignment = Alignment; }
2941 void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes) {
2942 MaxBytesForAlignment = MaxBytes;
2943 }
2944
2945 /// Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
2947 MinStackArgumentAlignment = Alignment;
2948 }
2949
2950 /// Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the
2951 /// backend. Atomic operations greater than this size (as well as
2952 /// ones that are not naturally aligned), will be expanded by
2953 /// AtomicExpandPass into an __atomic_* library call.
2954 void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2955 MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported = SizeInBits;
2956 }
2957
2958 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
2959 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2960 void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2961 MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2962 }
2963
2964 /// Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend
2965 /// supports. Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
2966 void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2967 MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported = SizeInBits;
2968 }
2969
2970 /// Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
2971 void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits) {
2972 MinCmpXchgSizeInBits = SizeInBits;
2973 }
2974
2975 /// Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
2976 void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported) {
2977 SupportsUnalignedAtomics = UnalignedSupported;
2978 }
2979
2980public:
2981 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
2982 // Addressing mode description hooks (used by LSR etc).
2983 //
2984
2985 /// CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store
2986 /// instructions reading the address. This allows as much computation as
2987 /// possible to be done in the address mode for that operand. This hook lets
2988 /// targets also pass back when this should be done on intrinsics which
2989 /// load/store.
2990 virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst * /*I*/,
2991 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> & /*Ops*/,
2992 Type *& /*AccessTy*/) const {
2993 return false;
2994 }
2995
2996 /// This represents an addressing mode of:
2997 /// BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*vscale
2998 /// If BaseGV is null, there is no BaseGV.
2999 /// If BaseOffs is zero, there is no base offset.
3000 /// If HasBaseReg is false, there is no base register.
3001 /// If Scale is zero, there is no ScaleReg. Scale of 1 indicates a reg with
3002 /// no scale.
3003 /// If ScalableOffset is zero, there is no scalable offset.
3004 struct AddrMode {
3006 int64_t BaseOffs = 0;
3007 bool HasBaseReg = false;
3008 int64_t Scale = 0;
3009 int64_t ScalableOffset = 0;
3010 AddrMode() = default;
3011 };
3012
3013 /// Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this
3014 /// target, for a load/store of the specified type.
3015 ///
3016 /// The type may be VoidTy, in which case only return true if the addressing
3017 /// mode is legal for a load/store of any legal type. TODO: Handle
3018 /// pre/postinc as well.
3019 ///
3020 /// If the address space cannot be determined, it will be -1.
3021 ///
3022 /// TODO: Remove default argument
3023 virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM,
3024 Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace,
3025 Instruction *I = nullptr) const;
3026
3027 /// Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local
3028 /// storage (TLS).
3029 virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const {
3030 return false;
3031 }
3032
3033 /// Return the prefered common base offset.
3034 virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset,
3035 int64_t MaxOffset) const {
3036 return 0;
3037 }
3038
3039 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is
3040 /// the target has icmp instructions which can compare a register against the
3041 /// immediate without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3042 virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const {
3043 return true;
3044 }
3045
3046 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the
3047 /// target has add instructions which can add a register with the immediate
3048 /// without having to materialize the immediate into a register.
3049 virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const {
3050 return true;
3051 }
3052
3053 /// Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is
3054 /// the target has add instructions which can add a register with the
3055 /// immediate (multiplied by vscale) without having to materialize the
3056 /// immediate into a register.
3057 virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const { return false; }
3058
3059 /// Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a
3060 /// store instruction.
3061 virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const {
3062 // Default implementation assumes that at least 0 works since it is likely
3063 // that a zero register exists or a zero immediate is allowed.
3064 return Value == 0;
3065 }
3066
3067 /// Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new
3068 /// scalar type of size equal to SVI's scalar type if the new type is more
3069 /// profitable. Returns nullptr otherwise. For example under MVE float splats
3070 /// are converted to integer to prevent the need to move from SPR to GPR
3071 /// registers.
3073 return nullptr;
3074 }
3075
3076 /// Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored
3077 /// or bitcast to type 'To', return true if the set should be converted to
3078 /// 'To'.
3079 virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const {
3080 return (From->isIntegerTy() || From->isFloatingPointTy()) &&
3081 (To->isIntegerTy() || To->isFloatingPointTy());
3082 }
3083
3084 /// Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
3085 virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3086 // FIXME: This should get its info from the td file.
3087 switch (Opcode) {
3088 case ISD::ADD:
3089 case ISD::SMIN:
3090 case ISD::SMAX:
3091 case ISD::UMIN:
3092 case ISD::UMAX:
3093 case ISD::MUL:
3094 case ISD::CLMUL:
3095 case ISD::CLMULH:
3096 case ISD::CLMULR:
3097 case ISD::MULHU:
3098 case ISD::MULHS:
3099 case ISD::SMUL_LOHI:
3100 case ISD::UMUL_LOHI:
3101 case ISD::FADD:
3102 case ISD::FMUL:
3103 case ISD::AND:
3104 case ISD::OR:
3105 case ISD::XOR:
3106 case ISD::SADDO:
3107 case ISD::UADDO:
3108 case ISD::ADDC:
3109 case ISD::ADDE:
3110 case ISD::SADDSAT:
3111 case ISD::UADDSAT:
3112 case ISD::FMINNUM:
3113 case ISD::FMAXNUM:
3114 case ISD::FMINNUM_IEEE:
3115 case ISD::FMAXNUM_IEEE:
3116 case ISD::FMINIMUM:
3117 case ISD::FMAXIMUM:
3118 case ISD::FMINIMUMNUM:
3119 case ISD::FMAXIMUMNUM:
3120 case ISD::AVGFLOORS:
3121 case ISD::AVGFLOORU:
3122 case ISD::AVGCEILS:
3123 case ISD::AVGCEILU:
3124 case ISD::ABDS:
3125 case ISD::ABDU:
3126 return true;
3127 default: return false;
3128 }
3129 }
3130
3131 /// Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
3132 virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const {
3133 // A commutative binop must be a binop.
3134 if (isCommutativeBinOp(Opcode))
3135 return true;
3136 // These are non-commutative binops.
3137 switch (Opcode) {
3138 case ISD::SUB:
3139 case ISD::SHL:
3140 case ISD::SRL:
3141 case ISD::SRA:
3142 case ISD::ROTL:
3143 case ISD::ROTR:
3144 case ISD::SDIV:
3145 case ISD::UDIV:
3146 case ISD::SREM:
3147 case ISD::UREM:
3148 case ISD::SSUBSAT:
3149 case ISD::USUBSAT:
3150 case ISD::FSUB:
3151 case ISD::FDIV:
3152 case ISD::FREM:
3153 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMIN:
3154 case ISD::PSEUDO_FMAX:
3155 return true;
3156 default:
3157 return false;
3158 }
3159 }
3160
3161 /// Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type
3162 /// ToTy. e.g. On x86 it's free to truncate a i32 value in register EAX to i16
3163 /// by referencing its sub-register AX.
3164 /// Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3165 virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3166 return false;
3167 }
3168
3169 /// Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding
3170 /// whether a call is in tail position. Typically this means that both results
3171 /// would be assigned to the same register or stack slot, but it could mean
3172 /// the target performs adequate checks of its own before proceeding with the
3173 /// tail call. Targets must return false when FromTy <= ToTy.
3174 virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3175 return false;
3176 }
3177
3178 virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const { return false; }
3179 virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3180 return isTruncateFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3181 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3182 }
3183
3184 /// Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
3185 virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3186 // Fallback to type matching.
3187 return isTruncateFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3188 }
3189
3190 virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const { return true; }
3191
3192 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3193 /// Unlikely the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family which is based on types,
3194 /// this method can use the context provided by \p I to decide
3195 /// whether or not \p I is free.
3196 /// This method extends the behavior of the is[Z|FP]ExtFree family.
3197 /// In other words, if is[Z|FP]Free returns true, then this method
3198 /// returns true as well. The converse is not true.
3199 /// The target can perform the adequate checks by overriding isExtFreeImpl.
3200 /// \pre \p I must be a sign, zero, or fp extension.
3201 bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const {
3202 switch (I->getOpcode()) {
3203 case Instruction::FPExt:
3204 if (isFPExtFree(EVT::getEVT(I->getType()),
3205 EVT::getEVT(I->getOperand(0)->getType())))
3206 return true;
3207 break;
3208 case Instruction::ZExt:
3209 if (isZExtFree(I->getOperand(0)->getType(), I->getType()))
3210 return true;
3211 break;
3212 case Instruction::SExt:
3213 break;
3214 default:
3215 llvm_unreachable("Instruction is not an extension");
3216 }
3217 return isExtFreeImpl(I);
3218 }
3219
3220 /// Return true if \p Load and \p Ext can form an ExtLoad.
3221 /// For example, in AArch64
3222 /// %L = load i8, i8* %ptr
3223 /// %E = zext i8 %L to i32
3224 /// can be lowered into one load instruction
3225 /// ldrb w0, [x0]
3226 bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext,
3227 const DataLayout &DL) const {
3228 EVT VT = getValueType(DL, Ext->getType());
3229 EVT LoadVT = getValueType(DL, Load->getType());
3230
3231 // If the load has other users and the truncate is not free, the ext
3232 // probably isn't free.
3233 if (!Load->hasOneUse() && (isTypeLegal(LoadVT) || !isTypeLegal(VT)) &&
3234 !isTruncateFree(Ext->getType(), Load->getType()))
3235 return false;
3236
3237 // Check whether the target supports casts folded into loads.
3238 unsigned LType;
3239 if (isa<ZExtInst>(Ext))
3240 LType = ISD::ZEXTLOAD;
3241 else {
3242 assert(isa<SExtInst>(Ext) && "Unexpected ext type!");
3243 LType = ISD::SEXTLOAD;
3244 }
3245
3246 return isLoadLegal(VT, LoadVT, Load->getAlign(),
3247 Load->getPointerAddressSpace(), LType, false);
3248 }
3249
3250 /// Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy
3251 /// implicitly zero-extends the value to ToTy in the result register.
3252 ///
3253 /// The function should return true when it is likely that the truncate can
3254 /// be freely folded with an instruction defining a value of FromTy. If
3255 /// the defining instruction is unknown (because you're looking at a
3256 /// function argument, PHI, etc.) then the target may require an
3257 /// explicit truncate, which is not necessarily free, but this function
3258 /// does not deal with those cases.
3259 /// Targets must return false when FromTy >= ToTy.
3260 virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const {
3261 return false;
3262 }
3263
3264 virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const { return false; }
3265 virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const {
3266 return isZExtFree(getApproximateEVTForLLT(FromTy, Ctx),
3267 getApproximateEVTForLLT(ToTy, Ctx));
3268 }
3269
3270 /// Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free
3271 /// (either because it's implicitly zero-extended such as ARM ldrb / ldrh or
3272 /// because it's folded such as X86 zero-extending loads).
3273 virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const {
3274 return isZExtFree(Val.getValueType(), VT2);
3275 }
3276
3277 /// Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than
3278 /// zero-extension.
3279 virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const {
3280 return false;
3281 }
3282
3283 /// Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to
3284 /// a larger type.
3285 virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const { return false; }
3286
3287 /// Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like
3288 /// zext, trunc, fptoui, uitofp) for the target.
3289 virtual bool
3291 const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const {
3292 return false;
3293 }
3294
3295 /// Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load
3296 /// two loaded values of type LoadedType next to each other in memory.
3297 /// RequiredAlignment gives the minimal alignment constraints that must be met
3298 /// to be able to select this paired load.
3299 ///
3300 /// This information is *not* used to generate actual paired loads, but it is
3301 /// used to generate a sequence of loads that is easier to combine into a
3302 /// paired load.
3303 /// For instance, something like this:
3304 /// a = load i64* addr
3305 /// b = trunc i64 a to i32
3306 /// c = lshr i64 a, 32
3307 /// d = trunc i64 c to i32
3308 /// will be optimized into:
3309 /// b = load i32* addr1
3310 /// d = load i32* addr2
3311 /// Where addr1 = addr2 +/- sizeof(i32).
3312 ///
3313 /// In other words, unless the target performs a post-isel load combining,
3314 /// this information should not be provided because it will generate more
3315 /// loads.
3316 virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT /*LoadedType*/,
3317 Align & /*RequiredAlignment*/) const {
3318 return false;
3319 }
3320
3321 /// Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
3322 virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const { return false; }
3323
3324 /// Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
3325 /// Default to be the minimum interleave factor: 2.
3326 virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const { return 2; }
3327
3328 /// Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics. Return
3329 /// true on success.
3330 ///
3331 /// \p Load is the vector load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3332 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3333 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3334 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3335 /// result is uncondiitional.
3336 /// \p Shuffles is the shufflevector list to DE-interleave the loaded vector.
3337 /// \p Indices is the corresponding indices for each shufflevector.
3338 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3339 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3340 /// accessed.
3343 ArrayRef<unsigned> Indices, unsigned Factor,
3344 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3345 return false;
3346 }
3347
3348 /// Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics. Return
3349 /// true on success.
3350 ///
3351 /// \p SI is the vector store instruction. Can be either a plain store
3352 /// or a vp.store.
3353 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3354 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3355 /// result is unconditional.
3356 /// \p SVI is the shufflevector to RE-interleave the stored vector.
3357 /// \p Factor is the interleave factor.
3358 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3359 /// accessed.
3361 ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor,
3362 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3363 return false;
3364 }
3365
3366 /// Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
3367 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3368 /// llvm.vector.deinterleave{2,3,5,7}
3369 ///
3370 /// \p Load is the accompanying load instruction. Can be either a plain load
3371 /// instruction or a vp.load intrinsic.
3372 /// \p DI represents the deinterleaveN intrinsic.
3373 /// \p GapMask is a mask with zeros for components / fields that may not be
3374 /// accessed.
3376 IntrinsicInst *DI,
3377 const APInt &GapMask) const {
3378 return false;
3379 }
3380
3381 /// Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
3382 /// Return true on success. Currently only supports
3383 /// llvm.vector.interleave{2,3,5,7}
3384 ///
3385 /// \p Store is the accompanying store instruction. Can be either a plain
3386 /// store or a vp.store intrinsic.
3387 /// \p Mask is a per-segment (i.e. number of lanes equal to that of one
3388 /// component being interwoven) mask. Can be nullptr, in which case the
3389 /// result is uncondiitional.
3390 /// \p InterleaveValues contains the interleaved values.
3391 virtual bool
3393 ArrayRef<Value *> InterleaveValues) const {
3394 return false;
3395 }
3396
3397 /// Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because
3398 /// single-precision floating-point numbers are implicitly extended to
3399 /// double-precision).
3400 virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3401 assert(SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() && DestVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3402 "invalid fpext types");
3403 return false;
3404 }
3405
3406 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3407 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3408 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3409 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode,
3410 LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const {
3411 return false;
3412 }
3413
3414 /// Return true if an fpext operation input to an \p Opcode operation is free
3415 /// (for instance, because half-precision floating-point numbers are
3416 /// implicitly extended to float-precision) for an FMA instruction.
3417 virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode,
3418 EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const {
3419 assert(DestVT.isFloatingPoint() && SrcVT.isFloatingPoint() &&
3420 "invalid fpext types");
3421 return isFPExtFree(DestVT, SrcVT);
3422 }
3423
3424 /// Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any
3425 /// extend node) is profitable.
3426 virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const { return false; }
3427
3428 /// Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never
3429 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3430 virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const {
3431 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3432 return false;
3433 }
3434
3435 /// Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never
3436 /// worthwhile to replace it with a bitwise operation.
3437 virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const {
3438 assert(VT.isFloatingPoint());
3439 return false;
3440 }
3441
3442 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3443 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3444 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3445 ///
3446 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3447 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3448 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3449 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3450 ///
3451 /// Targets that care about soft float support should return false when soft
3452 /// float code is being generated (i.e. use-soft-float).
3454 EVT) const {
3455 return false;
3456 }
3457
3458 /// Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd
3459 /// instructions. fmuladd intrinsics will be expanded to FMAs when this method
3460 /// returns true, otherwise fmuladd is expanded to fmul + fadd.
3461 ///
3462 /// NOTE: This may be called before legalization on types for which FMAs are
3463 /// not legal, but should return true if those types will eventually legalize
3464 /// to types that support FMAs. After legalization, it will only be called on
3465 /// types that support FMAs (via Legal or Custom actions)
3467 LLT) const {
3468 return false;
3469 }
3470
3471 /// IR version
3472 virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const {
3473 return false;
3474 }
3475
3476 /// Returns true if \p MI can be combined with another instruction to
3477 /// form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD. \p N may be an TargetOpcode::G_FADD,
3478 /// TargetOpcode::G_FSUB, or an TargetOpcode::G_FMUL which will be
3479 /// distributed into an fadd/fsub.
3480 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const {
3481 assert((MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FADD ||
3482 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FSUB ||
3483 MI.getOpcode() == TargetOpcode::G_FMUL) &&
3484 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3485 switch (Ty.getScalarSizeInBits()) {
3486 case 16:
3487 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f16);
3488 case 32:
3489 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f32);
3490 case 64:
3491 return isOperationLegal(TargetOpcode::G_FMAD, MVT::f64);
3492 default:
3493 break;
3494 }
3495
3496 return false;
3497 }
3498
3499 /// Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD. \p N may be an
3500 /// ISD::FADD, ISD::FSUB, or an ISD::FMUL which will be distributed into an
3501 /// fadd/fsub.
3502 virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const {
3503 assert((N->getOpcode() == ISD::FADD || N->getOpcode() == ISD::FSUB ||
3504 N->getOpcode() == ISD::FMUL) &&
3505 "unexpected node in FMAD forming combine");
3506 return isOperationLegal(ISD::FMAD, N->getValueType(0));
3507 }
3508
3509 // Return true when the decision to generate FMA's (or FMS, FMLA etc) rather
3510 // than FMUL and ADD is delegated to the machine combiner.
3512 CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const {
3513 return false;
3514 }
3515
3516 /// Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to
3517 /// DestVT. e.g. on x86, it's profitable to narrow from i32 to i8 but not from
3518 /// i32 to i16.
3519 virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const {
3520 return false;
3521 }
3522
3523 /// Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity
3524 /// constant is profitable. This is the inverse of an IR transform.
3525 /// Example: X + (Cond ? Y : 0) --> Cond ? (X + Y) : X
3526 virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT,
3527 unsigned SelectOpcode,
3528 SDValue X,
3529 SDValue Y) const {
3530 return false;
3531 }
3532
3533 /// Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to
3534 /// just the constant itself.
3535 /// On some targets it might be more efficient to use a combination of
3536 /// arithmetic instructions to materialize the constant instead of loading it
3537 /// from a constant pool.
3539 Type *Ty) const {
3540 return false;
3541 }
3542
3543 /// Return true if EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is cheap for extracting this result type
3544 /// from this source type with this index. This is needed because
3545 /// EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR usually has custom lowering that depends on the index of
3546 /// the first element, and only the target knows which lowering is cheap.
3547 virtual bool isExtractSubvectorCheap(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT,
3548 unsigned Index) const {
3549 return false;
3550 }
3551
3552 /// Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an
3553 /// extract element followed by a scalar operation.
3554 virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const {
3555 return false;
3556 }
3557
3558 /// Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type
3559 /// at the given index is cheap. For example, if scalar operations occur on
3560 /// the same register file as vector operations, then an extract element may
3561 /// be a sub-register rename rather than an actual instruction.
3562 virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const {
3563 return false;
3564 }
3565
3566 /// Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG
3567 /// node operation. Targets may want to override this independently of whether
3568 /// the operation is legal/custom for the given type because it may obscure
3569 /// matching of other patterns.
3570 virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT,
3571 bool MathUsed) const {
3572 // Form it if it is legal.
3573 if (isOperationLegal(Opcode, VT))
3574 return true;
3575
3576 // TODO: The default logic is inherited from code in CodeGenPrepare.
3577 // The opcode should not make a difference by default?
3578 if (Opcode != ISD::UADDO)
3579 return false;
3580
3581 // Allow the transform as long as we have an integer type that is not
3582 // obviously illegal and unsupported and if the math result is used
3583 // besides the overflow check. On some targets (e.g. SPARC), it is
3584 // not profitable to form on overflow op if the math result has no
3585 // concrete users.
3586 if (VT.isVector())
3587 return false;
3588 return MathUsed && (VT.isSimple() || !isOperationExpand(Opcode, VT));
3589 }
3590
3591 // Return true if the target wants to optimize the mul overflow intrinsic
3592 // for the given \p VT.
3594 EVT VT) const {
3595 return false;
3596 }
3597
3598 // Return true if it is profitable to use a scalar input to a BUILD_VECTOR
3599 // even if the vector itself has multiple uses.
3600 virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const {
3601 return false;
3602 }
3603
3604 // Return true if CodeGenPrepare should consider splitting large offset of a
3605 // GEP to make the GEP fit into the addressing mode and can be sunk into the
3606 // same blocks of its users.
3607 virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const { return false; }
3608
3609 /// Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given
3610 /// amount is not profitable.
3611 virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const {
3612 return false;
3613 }
3614
3615 // Should we fold (select_cc seteq (and x, y), 0, 0, A) -> (and (sra (shl x))
3616 // A) where y has a single bit set?
3618 const APInt &AndMask) const {
3619 unsigned ShCt = AndMask.getBitWidth() - 1;
3620 return !shouldAvoidTransformToShift(VT, ShCt);
3621 }
3622
3623 /// Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register
3624 /// passed to the fp16 to fp conversion library function.
3625 virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const { return false; }
3626
3627 /// Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type
3628 /// VT. Used when folding idioms into a saturating fp-to-int conversion, such
3629 /// as min(max(fptoi)) clamps or NaN-guarded selects.
3630 virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const {
3631 return isOperationLegalOrCustom(Op, VT);
3632 }
3633
3634 /// Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types
3636 return false;
3637 }
3638
3639 /// True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic
3640 /// semantics for pointers with the given value type. False if pointer
3641 /// arithmetic should not be preserved for passes such as instruction
3642 /// selection, and can fallback to regular arithmetic.
3643 /// This should be removed when PTRADD nodes are widely supported by backends.
3644 virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const {
3645 return false;
3646 }
3647
3648 /// True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer
3649 /// arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds intermediate results.
3651 EVT PtrVT) const {
3652 return false;
3653 }
3654
3655 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving
3656 virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const { return false; }
3657
3658 /// Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation
3659 /// and type
3662 return false;
3663 }
3664
3665 // Get the preferred opcode for FP_TO_XINT nodes.
3666 // By default, this checks if the provded operation is an illegal FP_TO_UINT
3667 // and if so, checks if FP_TO_SINT is legal or custom for use as a
3668 // replacement. If both UINT and SINT conversions are Custom, we choose SINT
3669 // by default because that's the right thing on PPC.
3670 virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT,
3671 EVT ToVT) const {
3672 if (isOperationLegal(Op, ToVT))
3673 return Op;
3674 switch (Op) {
3675 case ISD::FP_TO_UINT:
3677 return ISD::FP_TO_SINT;
3678 break;
3682 break;
3683 case ISD::VP_FP_TO_UINT:
3684 if (isOperationLegalOrCustom(ISD::VP_FP_TO_SINT, ToVT))
3685 return ISD::VP_FP_TO_SINT;
3686 break;
3687 default:
3688 break;
3689 }
3690 return Op;
3691 }
3692
3693 /// Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
3694 /// If one cannot be created using all the given inputs, nullptr should be
3695 /// returned.
3698 ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB,
3699 Value *Accumulator = nullptr) const {
3700 return nullptr;
3701 }
3702
3704 return RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3705 }
3706
3707 const LibcallLoweringInfo &getLibcallLoweringInfo() const { return Libcalls; }
3708
3709 void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl) {
3710 Libcalls.setLibcallImpl(Call, Impl);
3711 }
3712
3713 /// Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
3714 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3715 return Libcalls.getLibcallImpl(Call);
3716 }
3717
3718 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
3719 // FIXME: This should be removed. Only LibcallImpl should have a name.
3720 const char *getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const {
3721 return Libcalls.getLibcallName(Call);
3722 }
3723
3724 /// Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation
3728
3729 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const { return Libcalls.getMemcpyImpl(); }
3730
3731 /// Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise
3732 /// RTLIB::Unsupported.
3733 RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const {
3734 return RuntimeLibcallInfo.getSupportedLibcallImpl(FuncName);
3735 }
3736
3737 /// Get the comparison predicate that's to be used to test the result of the
3738 /// comparison libcall against zero. This should only be used with
3739 /// floating-point compare libcalls.
3740 ISD::CondCode getSoftFloatCmpLibcallPredicate(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const;
3741
3742 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall
3743 /// implementation.
3745 return Libcalls.getLibcallImplCallingConv(Call);
3746 }
3747
3748 /// Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
3749 // FIXME: Remove this wrapper and directly use the used LibcallImpl
3751 return Libcalls.getLibcallCallingConv(Call);
3752 }
3753
3754 /// Execute target specific actions to finalize target lowering.
3755 /// This is used to set extra flags in MachineFrameInformation and freezing
3756 /// the set of reserved registers.
3757 /// The default implementation just freezes the set of reserved registers.
3758 virtual void finalizeLowering(MachineFunction &MF) const;
3759
3760 /// Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there
3761 /// are functions calls between the load and the store.
3762 virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const { return true; }
3763
3764 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3765 // GlobalISel Hooks
3766 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
3767 /// Check whether or not \p MI needs to be moved close to its uses.
3768 virtual bool shouldLocalize(const MachineInstr &MI, const TargetTransformInfo *TTI) const;
3769
3770
3771private:
3772 const TargetMachine &TM;
3773
3774 /// Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
3775 /// The code generator will aggressively sink "shift"s into the blocks of
3776 /// their users if the users will generate "and" instructions which can be
3777 /// combined with "shift" to BitExtract instructions.
3778 bool HasExtractBitsInsn;
3779
3780 /// Tells the code generator to bypass slow divide or remainder
3781 /// instructions. For example, BypassSlowDivWidths[32,8] tells the code
3782 /// generator to bypass 32-bit integer div/rem with an 8-bit unsigned integer
3783 /// div/rem when the operands are positive and less than 256.
3784 DenseMap <unsigned int, unsigned int> BypassSlowDivWidths;
3785
3786 /// Tells the code generator that it shouldn't generate extra flow control
3787 /// instructions and should attempt to combine flow control instructions via
3788 /// predication.
3789 bool JumpIsExpensive;
3790
3791 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3792 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3793 BooleanContent BooleanContents;
3794
3795 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean values held in
3796 /// a type wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3797 BooleanContent BooleanFloatContents;
3798
3799 /// Information about the contents of the high-bits in boolean vector values
3800 /// when the element type is wider than i1. See getBooleanContents.
3801 BooleanContent BooleanVectorContents;
3802
3803 /// The target scheduling preference: shortest possible total cycles or lowest
3804 /// register usage.
3805 Sched::Preference SchedPreferenceInfo;
3806
3807 /// The minimum alignment that any argument on the stack needs to have.
3808 Align MinStackArgumentAlignment;
3809
3810 /// The minimum function alignment (used when optimizing for size, and to
3811 /// prevent explicitly provided alignment from leading to incorrect code).
3812 Align MinFunctionAlignment;
3813
3814 /// The preferred function alignment (used when alignment unspecified and
3815 /// optimizing for speed).
3816 Align PrefFunctionAlignment;
3817
3818 /// The preferred loop alignment (in log2 bot in bytes).
3819 Align PrefLoopAlignment;
3820 /// The maximum amount of bytes permitted to be emitted for alignment.
3821 unsigned MaxBytesForAlignment;
3822
3823 /// Size in bits of the maximum atomics size the backend supports.
3824 /// Accesses larger than this will be expanded by AtomicExpandPass.
3825 unsigned MaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported;
3826
3827 /// Size in bits of the maximum div/rem size the backend supports.
3828 /// Larger operations will be expanded by ExpandIRInsts.
3829 unsigned MaxDivRemBitWidthSupported;
3830
3831 /// Size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion size the
3832 /// backend supports. Larger operations will be expanded by
3833 /// ExpandIRInsts.
3834 unsigned MaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported;
3835
3836 /// Size in bits of the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc operation the
3837 /// backend supports.
3838 unsigned MinCmpXchgSizeInBits;
3839
3840 /// The minimum of largest number of comparisons to use bit test for switch.
3841 unsigned MinimumBitTestCmps;
3842
3843 /// Maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable
3844 /// vectors.
3845 unsigned MaximumLegalStoreInBits;
3846
3847 /// This indicates if the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
3848 bool SupportsUnalignedAtomics;
3849
3850 /// If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that
3851 /// llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save and restore.
3852 Register StackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore;
3853
3854 /// This indicates the default register class to use for each ValueType the
3855 /// target supports natively.
3856 const TargetRegisterClass *RegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3857 uint16_t NumRegistersForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3858 MVT RegisterTypeForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3859
3860 /// This indicates the "representative" register class to use for each
3861 /// ValueType the target supports natively. This information is used by the
3862 /// scheduler to track register pressure. By default, the representative
3863 /// register class is the largest legal super-reg register class of the
3864 /// register class of the specified type. e.g. On x86, i8, i16, and i32's
3865 /// representative class would be GR32.
3866 const TargetRegisterClass *RepRegClassForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE] = {nullptr};
3867
3868 /// This indicates the "cost" of the "representative" register class for each
3869 /// ValueType. The cost is used by the scheduler to approximate register
3870 /// pressure.
3871 uint8_t RepRegClassCostForVT[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3872
3873 /// For any value types we are promoting or expanding, this contains the value
3874 /// type that we are changing to. For Expanded types, this contains one step
3875 /// of the expand (e.g. i64 -> i32), even if there are multiple steps required
3876 /// (e.g. i64 -> i16). For types natively supported by the system, this holds
3877 /// the same type (e.g. i32 -> i32).
3878 MVT TransformToType[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3879
3880 /// For each operation and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction that
3881 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the operation. Most
3882 /// operations are Legal (aka, supported natively by the target), but
3883 /// operations that are not should be described. Note that operations on
3884 /// non-legal value types are not described here.
3885 LegalizeAction OpActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END];
3886
3887 /// For each load extension type and each value type, keep a LegalizeAction
3888 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with a load of a
3889 /// specific value type and extension type. Uses 4-bits to store the action
3890 /// for each of the 4 load ext types.
3891 uint16_t LoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3892
3893 /// Similar to LoadExtActions, but for atomic loads. Only Legal or Expand
3894 /// (default) values are supported.
3895 uint16_t AtomicLoadExtActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3896
3897 /// For each value type pair keep a LegalizeAction that indicates whether a
3898 /// truncating store of a specific value type and truncating type is legal.
3899 LegalizeAction TruncStoreActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE];
3900
3901 /// For each indexed mode and each value type, keep a quad of LegalizeAction
3902 /// that indicates how instruction selection should deal with the load /
3903 /// store / maskedload / maskedstore.
3904 ///
3905 /// The first dimension is the value_type for the reference. The second
3906 /// dimension represents the various modes for load store.
3907 uint16_t IndexedModeActions[MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE][ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE];
3908
3909 /// For each condition code (ISD::CondCode) keep a LegalizeAction that
3910 /// indicates how instruction selection should deal with the condition code.
3911 ///
3912 /// Because each CC action takes up 4 bits, we need to have the array size be
3913 /// large enough to fit all of the value types. This can be done by rounding
3914 /// up the MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE value to the next multiple of 8.
3915 uint32_t CondCodeActions[ISD::SETCC_INVALID][(MVT::VALUETYPE_SIZE + 7) / 8];
3916
3917 using PartialReduceActionTypes =
3918 std::tuple<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType, MVT::SimpleValueType>;
3919 /// For each partial reduce opcode, result type and input type combination,
3920 /// keep a LegalizeAction which indicates how instruction selection should
3921 /// deal with this operation.
3922 DenseMap<PartialReduceActionTypes, LegalizeAction> PartialReduceMLAActions;
3923
3924 ValueTypeActionImpl ValueTypeActions;
3925
3926private:
3927 /// Targets can specify ISD nodes that they would like PerformDAGCombine
3928 /// callbacks for by calling setTargetDAGCombine(), which sets a bit in this
3929 /// array.
3930 unsigned char
3931 TargetDAGCombineArray[(ISD::BUILTIN_OP_END+CHAR_BIT-1)/CHAR_BIT];
3932
3933 /// For operations that must be promoted to a specific type, this holds the
3934 /// destination type. This map should be sparse, so don't hold it as an
3935 /// array.
3936 ///
3937 /// Targets add entries to this map with AddPromotedToType(..), clients access
3938 /// this with getTypeToPromoteTo(..).
3939 std::map<std::pair<unsigned, MVT::SimpleValueType>, MVT::SimpleValueType>
3940 PromoteToType;
3941
3942 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3943 const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo RuntimeLibcallInfo;
3944
3945 /// The list of libcalls that the target will use.
3946 /// FIXME: This should not live here; it should come from an analysis.
3947 LibcallLoweringInfo Libcalls;
3948
3949 /// The bits of IndexedModeActions used to store the legalisation actions
3950 /// We store the data as | ML | MS | L | S | each taking 4 bits.
3951 enum IndexedModeActionsBits {
3952 IMAB_Store = 0,
3953 IMAB_Load = 4,
3954 IMAB_MaskedStore = 8,
3955 IMAB_MaskedLoad = 12
3956 };
3957
3958 void setIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, unsigned Shift,
3959 LegalizeAction Action) {
3960 assert(VT.isValid() && IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE &&
3961 (unsigned)Action < 0xf && "Table isn't big enough!");
3962 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3963 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] &= ~(0xf << Shift);
3964 IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] |= ((uint16_t)Action) << Shift;
3965 }
3966
3967 LegalizeAction getIndexedModeAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT,
3968 unsigned Shift) const {
3969 assert(IdxMode < ISD::LAST_INDEXED_MODE && VT.isValid() &&
3970 "Table isn't big enough!");
3971 unsigned Ty = (unsigned)VT.SimpleTy;
3972 return (LegalizeAction)((IndexedModeActions[Ty][IdxMode] >> Shift) & 0xf);
3973 }
3974
3975protected:
3976 /// Return true if the extension represented by \p I is free.
3977 /// \pre \p I is a sign, zero, or fp extension and
3978 /// is[Z|FP]ExtFree of the related types is not true.
3979 virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const { return false; }
3980
3981 /// Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain
3982 /// dependencies when trying to find a more preferable chain. As an
3983 /// approximation, this should be more than the number of consecutive stores
3984 /// expected to be merged.
3986
3987 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
3988 ///
3989 /// When lowering \@llvm.memset this field specifies the maximum number of
3990 /// store operations that may be substituted for the call to memset. Targets
3991 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
3992 /// should assume that the memset will be done using as many of the largest
3993 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
3994 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
3995 /// with 16-bit alignment would result in four 2-byte stores and one 1-byte
3996 /// store. This only applies to setting a constant array of a constant size.
3998 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4000
4001 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
4002 ///
4003 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcpy this field specifies the maximum number of
4004 /// store operations that may be substituted for a call to memcpy. Targets
4005 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4006 /// should assume that the memcpy will be done using as many of the largest
4007 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4008 /// alignment restrictions. For example, storing 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4009 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte store, a one 2-byte store
4010 /// and one 1-byte store. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4011 /// constant size.
4013 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4015 /// \brief Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
4016 ///
4017 /// When memcpy is inlined based on MaxStoresPerMemcpy, specify maximum number
4018 /// of store instructions to keep together. This helps in pairing and
4019 // vectorization later on.
4021
4022 /// \brief Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
4023 ///
4024 /// When lowering \@llvm.memcmp this field specifies the maximum number of
4025 /// pairs of load operations that may be substituted for a call to memcmp.
4026 /// Targets must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target.
4027 /// Targets should assume that the memcmp will be done using as many of the
4028 /// largest load operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4029 /// alignment restrictions. For example, loading 7 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4030 /// with 32-bit alignment would result in one 4-byte load, a one 2-byte load
4031 /// and one 1-byte load. This only applies to copying a constant array of
4032 /// constant size.
4034 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4036
4037 /// \brief Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
4038 ///
4039 /// When lowering \@llvm.memmove this field specifies the maximum number of
4040 /// store instructions that may be substituted for a call to memmove. Targets
4041 /// must set this value based on the cost threshold for that target. Targets
4042 /// should assume that the memmove will be done using as many of the largest
4043 /// store operations first, followed by smaller ones, if necessary, per
4044 /// alignment restrictions. For example, moving 9 bytes on a 32-bit machine
4045 /// with 8-bit alignment would result in nine 1-byte stores. This only
4046 /// applies to copying a constant array of constant size.
4048 /// Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
4050
4051 /// Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if
4052 /// the branch is usually predicted right.
4054
4055 /// \see enableExtLdPromotion.
4057
4058 /// Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified
4059 /// register class are all legal.
4060 bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI,
4061 const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const;
4062
4063 /// Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent
4064 /// sequence of memory operands that is recognized by PrologEpilogInserter.
4066 MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
4067
4069};
4070
4071/// This class defines information used to lower LLVM code to legal SelectionDAG
4072/// operators that the target instruction selector can accept natively.
4073///
4074/// This class also defines callbacks that targets must implement to lower
4075/// target-specific constructs to SelectionDAG operators.
4077public:
4078 struct DAGCombinerInfo;
4079 struct MakeLibCallOptions;
4080
4083
4084 explicit TargetLowering(const TargetMachine &TM,
4085 const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI);
4087
4088 bool isPositionIndependent() const;
4089
4090 // If set to true, SelectionDAG nodes will be consistently processed in
4091 // topological order. This is a temporary hook until sorting can be
4092 // enabled globally.
4093 virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const { return false; }
4094
4097 UniformityInfo *UA) const {
4098 return false;
4099 }
4100
4101 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4102 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4103 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4104 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4105 // DAGCombiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4106 // restrict common combiner.
4108 SDValue N1) const {
4109 return N0.hasOneUse();
4110 }
4111
4112 // Lets target to control the following reassociation of operands: (op (op x,
4113 // c1), y) -> (op (op x, y), c1) where N0 is (op x, c1) and N1 is y. By
4114 // default consider profitable any case where N0 has single use. This
4115 // behavior reflects the condition replaced by this target hook call in the
4116 // combiner. Any particular target can implement its own heuristic to
4117 // restrict common combiner.
4119 Register N1) const {
4120 return MRI.hasOneNonDBGUse(N0);
4121 }
4122
4123 virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode * N) const {
4124 return false;
4125 }
4126
4127 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4128 /// by reference if the node's address can be legally represented as
4129 /// pre-indexed load / store address.
4130 virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDValue &/*Base*/,
4131 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4132 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4133 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4134 return false;
4135 }
4136
4137 /// Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode
4138 /// by reference if this node can be combined with a load / store to form a
4139 /// post-indexed load / store.
4140 virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode * /*N*/, SDNode * /*Op*/,
4141 SDValue &/*Base*/,
4142 SDValue &/*Offset*/,
4143 ISD::MemIndexedMode &/*AM*/,
4144 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
4145 return false;
4146 }
4147
4148 /// Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing
4149 /// mode for this target. \p MI is the load or store instruction that is being
4150 /// considered for transformation.
4152 bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const {
4153 return false;
4154 }
4155
4156 /// Return the entry encoding for a jump table in the current function. The
4157 /// returned value is a member of the MachineJumpTableInfo::JTEntryKind enum.
4158 virtual unsigned getJumpTableEncoding() const;
4159
4160 virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const {
4161 return getPointerTy(DL);
4162 }
4163
4164 virtual const MCExpr *
4166 const MachineBasicBlock * /*MBB*/, unsigned /*uid*/,
4167 MCContext &/*Ctx*/) const {
4168 llvm_unreachable("Need to implement this hook if target has custom JTIs");
4169 }
4170
4171 /// Returns relocation base for the given PIC jumptable.
4172 virtual SDValue getPICJumpTableRelocBase(SDValue Table,
4173 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4174
4175 /// This returns the relocation base for the given PIC jumptable, the same as
4176 /// getPICJumpTableRelocBase, but as an MCExpr.
4177 virtual const MCExpr *
4178 getPICJumpTableRelocBaseExpr(const MachineFunction *MF,
4179 unsigned JTI, MCContext &Ctx) const;
4180
4181 /// Return true if folding a constant offset with the given GlobalAddress is
4182 /// legal. It is frequently not legal in PIC relocation models.
4183 virtual bool isOffsetFoldingLegal(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA) const;
4184
4185 /// On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP
4186 /// instruction, which can use either a memory constraint or an address
4187 /// constraint. -fasm-blocks "__asm call foo" lowers to
4188 /// call void asm sideeffect inteldialect "call ${0:P}", "*m..."
4189 ///
4190 /// This function is used by a hack to choose the address constraint,
4191 /// lowering to a direct call.
4192 virtual bool
4194 unsigned OpNo) const {
4195 return false;
4196 }
4197
4199 SDValue &Chain) const;
4200
4201 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4202 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4203 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4204 const SDValue OldRHS) const;
4205
4206 void softenSetCCOperands(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &NewLHS,
4207 SDValue &NewRHS, ISD::CondCode &CCCode,
4208 const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue OldLHS,
4209 const SDValue OldRHS, SDValue &Chain,
4210 bool IsSignaling = false) const;
4211
4213 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4214 SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr,
4215 SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const {
4216 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4217 }
4218
4220 SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO,
4221 SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val,
4222 SDValue Mask) const {
4223 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4224 }
4225
4226 /// Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
4227 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::Unsupported as \p LibcallImpl
4228 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue>
4229 makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT,
4230 ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4231 const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const;
4232
4233 /// It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as \p LC.
4234 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC,
4235 EVT RetVT, ArrayRef<SDValue> Ops,
4236 MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions,
4237 const SDLoc &dl,
4238 SDValue Chain = SDValue()) const {
4239 return makeLibCall(DAG, getLibcallImpl(LC), RetVT, Ops, CallOptions, dl,
4240 Chain);
4241 }
4242
4243 /// Check whether parameters to a call that are passed in callee saved
4244 /// registers are the same as from the calling function. This needs to be
4245 /// checked for tail call eligibility.
4246 bool parametersInCSRMatch(const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4247 const uint32_t *CallerPreservedMask,
4248 const SmallVectorImpl<CCValAssign> &ArgLocs,
4249 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &OutVals) const;
4250
4251 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4252 // TargetLowering Optimization Methods
4253 //
4254
4255 /// A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for
4256 /// returning information from TargetLowering to its clients that want to
4257 /// combine.
4264
4266 bool LT, bool LO) :
4267 DAG(InDAG), LegalTys(LT), LegalOps(LO) {}
4268
4269 bool LegalTypes() const { return LegalTys; }
4270 bool LegalOperations() const { return LegalOps; }
4271
4273 Old = O;
4274 New = N;
4275 return true;
4276 }
4277 };
4278
4279 /// Determines the optimal series of memory ops to replace the memset /
4280 /// memcpy. Return true if the number of memory ops is below the threshold
4281 /// (Limit). Note that this is always the case when Limit is ~0. It returns
4282 /// the types of the sequence of memory ops to perform memset / memcpy by
4283 /// reference. If LargestVT is non-null, the target may set it to the largest
4284 /// EVT that should be used for generating the memset value (e.g., for vector
4285 /// splats). If LargestVT is null or left unchanged, the caller will compute
4286 /// it from MemOps.
4287 virtual bool findOptimalMemOpLowering(LLVMContext &Context,
4288 std::vector<EVT> &MemOps,
4289 unsigned Limit, const MemOp &Op,
4290 unsigned DstAS, unsigned SrcAS,
4291 const AttributeList &FuncAttributes,
4292 EVT *LargestVT = nullptr) const;
4293
4294 /// Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a
4295 /// constant integer. If so, check to see if there are any bits set in the
4296 /// constant that are not demanded. If so, shrink the constant and return
4297 /// true.
4299 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4300 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4301
4302 /// Helper wrapper around ShrinkDemandedConstant, demanding all elements.
4304 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4305
4306 // Target hook to do target-specific const optimization, which is called by
4307 // ShrinkDemandedConstant. This function should return true if the target
4308 // doesn't want ShrinkDemandedConstant to further optimize the constant.
4310 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4311 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4312 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4313 return false;
4314 }
4315
4316 /// Convert x+y to (VT)((SmallVT)x+(SmallVT)y) if the casts are free.
4317 /// This uses isTruncateFree/isZExtFree and ANY_EXTEND for the widening cast,
4318 /// but it could be generalized for targets with other types of implicit
4319 /// widening casts.
4320 bool ShrinkDemandedOp(SDValue Op, unsigned BitWidth,
4321 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4322 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const;
4323
4324 /// Look at Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedBits bits of the
4325 /// result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use this information to
4326 /// simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and return true, returning
4327 /// the original and new nodes in Old and New. Otherwise, analyze the
4328 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4329 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4330 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4331 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4332 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4333 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4334 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4335 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4336 /// has multiple uses.
4337 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4338 const APInt &DemandedElts, KnownBits &Known,
4339 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4340 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4341
4342 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits, demanding all elements.
4343 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4344 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4345 KnownBits &Known, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4346 unsigned Depth = 0,
4347 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4348
4349 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4350 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4351 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4352 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4353
4354 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedBits.
4355 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4356 bool SimplifyDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4357 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4358 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4359
4360 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4361 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4362 /// bitwise ops etc.
4363 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4364 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4365 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4366 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4367
4368 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4369 /// elements.
4370 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits,
4371 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4372 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4373
4374 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBits, demanding all
4375 /// bits from only some vector elements.
4376 SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op,
4377 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4378 SelectionDAG &DAG,
4379 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4380
4381 /// Look at Vector Op. At this point, we know that only the DemandedElts
4382 /// elements of the result of Op are ever used downstream. If we can use
4383 /// this information to simplify Op, create a new simplified DAG node and
4384 /// return true, storing the original and new nodes in TLO.
4385 /// Otherwise, analyze the expression and return a mask of KnownUndef and
4386 /// KnownZero elements for the expression (used to simplify the caller).
4387 /// The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be accurate for those bits
4388 /// in the DemandedMask.
4389 /// \p AssumeSingleUse When this parameter is true, this function will
4390 /// attempt to simplify \p Op even if there are multiple uses.
4391 /// Callers are responsible for correctly updating the DAG based on the
4392 /// results of this function, because simply replacing TLO.Old
4393 /// with TLO.New will be incorrect when this parameter is true and TLO.Old
4394 /// has multiple uses.
4395 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedEltMask,
4396 APInt &KnownUndef, APInt &KnownZero,
4397 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0,
4398 bool AssumeSingleUse = false) const;
4399
4400 /// Helper wrapper around SimplifyDemandedVectorElts.
4401 /// Adds Op back to the worklist upon success.
4402 bool SimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4403 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4404
4405 /// Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by
4406 /// converting them to undefs.
4407 virtual bool
4409 const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const {
4410 return true;
4411 }
4412
4413 /// If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the
4414 /// returned size in bits by converting
4415 /// (op x) to insert_subvector (op (extract_subvector x)).
4416 ///
4417 /// The returned size must be a multiple of the element size, greater than or
4418 /// equal to the demanded part of the vector and less than the original
4419 /// vector size. Return 0 to disable shrinking.
4420 virtual unsigned
4422 const APInt &DemandedElts) const {
4423 return 0;
4424 }
4425
4426 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4427 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4428 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4429 /// requested vector elements.
4430 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4432 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4433 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4434 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4435
4436 /// Determine which of the bits specified in Mask are known to be either zero
4437 /// or one and return them in the KnownZero/KnownOne bitsets. The DemandedElts
4438 /// argument allows us to only collect the known bits that are shared by the
4439 /// requested vector elements. This is for GISel.
4440 virtual void computeKnownBitsForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4442 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4443 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4444 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4445
4446 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4447 Register R,
4449 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4450 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4451 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4452
4453 /// Determine the known alignment for the pointer value \p R. This is can
4454 /// typically be inferred from the number of low known 0 bits. However, for a
4455 /// pointer with a non-integral address space, the alignment value may be
4456 /// independent from the known low bits.
4457 virtual Align computeKnownAlignForTargetInstr(GISelValueTracking &Analysis,
4458 Register R,
4459 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI,
4460 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4461
4462 /// Determine known bits of a pointer to a known valid stack object.
4463 /// The default implementation computes low bits based on alignment.
4464 virtual void computeKnownBitsForStackObjectPointer(KnownBits &Known,
4465 const MachineFunction &MF,
4466 Align Alignment) const;
4467
4468 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4469 /// information about sign bits to the DAG Combiner. The DemandedElts
4470 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4471 /// by the requested vector elements.
4472 virtual unsigned ComputeNumSignBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4473 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4474 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4475 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4476
4477 /// This method can be implemented by targets that want to expose additional
4478 /// information about sign bits to GlobalISel combiners. The DemandedElts
4479 /// argument allows us to only collect the minimum sign bits that are shared
4480 /// by the requested vector elements.
4481 virtual unsigned computeNumSignBitsForTargetInstr(
4482 GISelValueTracking &Analysis, Register R, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4483 const MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4484
4485 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded vector
4486 /// elements, returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the expression and
4487 /// return a mask of KnownUndef and KnownZero elements for the expression
4488 /// (used to simplify the caller). The KnownUndef/Zero elements may only be
4489 /// accurate for those bits in the DemandedMask.
4490 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedVectorEltsForTargetNode(
4491 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, APInt &KnownUndef,
4492 APInt &KnownZero, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO, unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4493
4494 /// Attempt to simplify any target nodes based on the demanded bits/elts,
4495 /// returning true on success. Otherwise, analyze the
4496 /// expression and return a mask of KnownOne and KnownZero bits for the
4497 /// expression (used to simplify the caller). The KnownZero/One bits may only
4498 /// be accurate for those bits in the Demanded masks.
4499 virtual bool SimplifyDemandedBitsForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4500 const APInt &DemandedBits,
4501 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4503 TargetLoweringOpt &TLO,
4504 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4505
4506 /// More limited version of SimplifyDemandedBits that can be used to "look
4507 /// through" ops that don't contribute to the DemandedBits/DemandedElts -
4508 /// bitwise ops etc.
4509 virtual SDValue SimplifyMultipleUseDemandedBitsForTargetNode(
4510 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4511 SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Depth) const;
4512
4513 /// Return true if this function can prove that \p Op is never poison
4514 /// and, \p Kind can be used to track poison and/or undef bits. The
4515 /// DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested vector elements.
4516 virtual bool isGuaranteedNotToBeUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4517 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4518 UndefPoisonKind Kind, unsigned Depth) const;
4519
4520 /// Return true if Op can create undef or poison from non-undef & non-poison
4521 /// operands. The DemandedElts argument limits the check to the requested
4522 /// vector elements.
4523 virtual bool canCreateUndefOrPoisonForTargetNode(
4524 SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts, const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4525 UndefPoisonKind Kind, bool ConsiderFlags, unsigned Depth) const;
4526
4527 /// Tries to build a legal vector shuffle using the provided parameters
4528 /// or equivalent variations. The Mask argument maybe be modified as the
4529 /// function tries different variations.
4530 /// Returns an empty SDValue if the operation fails.
4531 SDValue buildLegalVectorShuffle(EVT VT, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue N0,
4533 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
4534
4535 /// This method returns the constant pool value that will be loaded by LD.
4536 /// NOTE: You must check for implicit extensions of the constant by LD.
4537 virtual const Constant *getTargetConstantFromLoad(LoadSDNode *LD) const;
4538
4539 /// Determine floating-point class information for a target node. The
4540 /// DemandedElts argument allows us to only collect the known FP classes
4541 /// that are shared by the requested vector elements.
4542 virtual void computeKnownFPClassForTargetNode(const SDValue Op,
4544 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4545 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4546 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4547
4548 /// If \p SNaN is false, \returns true if \p Op is known to never be any
4549 /// NaN. If \p sNaN is true, returns if \p Op is known to never be a signaling
4550 /// NaN.
4551 virtual bool isKnownNeverNaNForTargetNode(SDValue Op,
4552 const APInt &DemandedElts,
4553 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4554 bool SNaN = false,
4555 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4556
4557 /// Return true if vector \p Op has the same value across all \p DemandedElts,
4558 /// indicating any elements which may be undef in the output \p UndefElts.
4559 virtual bool isSplatValueForTargetNode(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts,
4560 APInt &UndefElts,
4561 const SelectionDAG &DAG,
4562 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4563
4564 /// Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the
4565 /// target, which should not be transformed back into a BUILD_VECTOR.
4567 return Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR ||
4568 Op.getOpcode() == ISD::SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS;
4569 }
4570
4571 /// Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and
4572 /// not be transformed. Currently only used for "vselect (not Cond), N1, N2 ->
4573 /// vselect Cond, N2, N1".
4574 virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const { return false; }
4575
4577 void *DC; // The DAG Combiner object.
4580
4581 public:
4583
4584 DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
4585 : DC(dc), Level(level), CalledByLegalizer(cl), DAG(dag) {}
4586
4587 bool isBeforeLegalize() const { return Level == BeforeLegalizeTypes; }
4589 bool isAfterLegalizeDAG() const { return Level >= AfterLegalizeDAG; }
4592
4593 LLVM_ABI void AddToWorklist(SDNode *N);
4594 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, ArrayRef<SDValue> To,
4595 bool AddTo = true);
4596 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res, bool AddTo = true);
4597 LLVM_ABI SDValue CombineTo(SDNode *N, SDValue Res0, SDValue Res1,
4598 bool AddTo = true);
4599
4600 LLVM_ABI bool recursivelyDeleteUnusedNodes(SDNode *N);
4601
4602 LLVM_ABI void CommitTargetLoweringOpt(const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO);
4603 };
4604
4605 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the true value
4606 /// from getBooleanContents().
4607 bool isConstTrueVal(SDValue N) const;
4608
4609 /// Return if the N is a constant or constant vector equal to the false value
4610 /// from getBooleanContents().
4611 bool isConstFalseVal(SDValue N) const;
4612
4613 /// Return if \p N is a True value when extended to \p VT.
4614 bool isExtendedTrueVal(const ConstantSDNode *N, EVT VT, bool SExt) const;
4615
4616 /// Try to simplify a setcc built with the specified operands and cc. If it is
4617 /// unable to simplify it, return a null SDValue.
4618 SDValue SimplifySetCC(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
4619 bool foldBooleans, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
4620 const SDLoc &dl) const;
4621
4622 // For targets which wrap address, unwrap for analysis.
4623 virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const { return N; }
4624
4625 /// Returns true (and the GlobalValue and the offset) if the node is a
4626 /// GlobalAddress + offset.
4627 virtual bool
4628 isGAPlusOffset(SDNode *N, const GlobalValue* &GA, int64_t &Offset) const;
4629
4630 /// This method will be invoked for all target nodes and for any
4631 /// target-independent nodes that the target has registered with invoke it
4632 /// for.
4633 ///
4634 /// The semantics are as follows:
4635 /// Return Value:
4636 /// SDValue.Val == 0 - No change was made
4637 /// SDValue.Val == N - N was replaced, is dead, and is already handled.
4638 /// otherwise - N should be replaced by the returned Operand.
4639 ///
4640 /// In addition, methods provided by DAGCombinerInfo may be used to perform
4641 /// more complex transformations.
4642 ///
4643 virtual SDValue PerformDAGCombine(SDNode *N, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
4644
4645 /// Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount
4646 /// through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as necessary to
4647 /// preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable if it
4648 /// disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g. bitfield
4649 /// extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4650 ///
4651 /// @param N the shift node
4652 /// @param Level the current DAGCombine legalization level.
4654 CombineLevel Level) const {
4655 SDValue ShiftLHS = N->getOperand(0);
4656 if (!ShiftLHS->hasOneUse())
4657 return false;
4658 if (ShiftLHS.getOpcode() == ISD::SIGN_EXTEND &&
4659 !ShiftLHS.getOperand(0)->hasOneUse())
4660 return false;
4661 return true;
4662 }
4663
4664 /// GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a
4665 /// constant amount through its operand, adjusting any immediate operands as
4666 /// necessary to preserve semantics. This transformation may not be desirable
4667 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4668 /// bitfield extraction in AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4669 ///
4670 /// @param MI the shift instruction
4671 /// @param IsAfterLegal true if running after legalization.
4673 bool IsAfterLegal) const {
4674 return true;
4675 }
4676
4677 /// GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine:
4678 /// shl ([sza]ext x), y => zext (shl x, y)
4679 virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const {
4680 return true;
4681 }
4682
4683 // Return AndOrSETCCFoldKind::{AddAnd, ABS} if its desirable to try and
4684 // optimize LogicOp(SETCC0, SETCC1). An example (what is implemented as of
4685 // writing this) is:
4686 // With C as a power of 2 and C != 0 and C != INT_MIN:
4687 // AddAnd:
4688 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4689 // -> (icmp eq and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4690 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4691 // -> (icmp ne and(add(A, C), ~(C + C)), 0)
4692 // ABS:
4693 // (icmp eq A, C) | (icmp eq A, -C)
4694 // -> (icmp eq Abs(A), C)
4695 // (icmp ne A, C) & (icmp ne A, -C)w
4696 // -> (icmp ne Abs(A), C)
4697 //
4698 // @param LogicOp the logic op
4699 // @param SETCC0 the first of the SETCC nodes
4700 // @param SETCC0 the second of the SETCC nodes
4702 const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const {
4704 }
4705
4706 /// Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift
4707 /// to create a logical shift of NOT. This transformation may not be desirable
4708 /// if it disrupts a particularly auspicious target-specific tree (e.g.
4709 /// BIC on ARM/AArch64). By default, it returns true.
4710 virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const {
4711 return true;
4712 }
4713
4714 /// Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type
4715 /// and it is 'desirable' to use the type for the given node type. e.g. On x86
4716 /// i16 is legal, but undesirable since i16 instruction encodings are longer
4717 /// and some i16 instructions are slow.
4718 virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned /*Opc*/, EVT VT) const {
4719 // By default, assume all legal types are desirable.
4720 return isTypeLegal(VT);
4721 }
4722
4723 /// Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating
4724 /// point op of specified opcode to a equivalent op of an integer
4725 /// type. e.g. f32 load -> i32 load can be profitable on ARM.
4726 virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned /*Opc*/,
4727 EVT /*VT*/) const {
4728 return false;
4729 }
4730
4731 /// This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to
4732 /// promote the specified node. If true, it should return the desired
4733 /// promotion type by reference.
4734 virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue /*Op*/, EVT &/*PVT*/) const {
4735 return false;
4736 }
4737
4738 /// Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute. It optimizes
4739 /// loads and stores to reading and writing a specific register.
4740 virtual bool supportSwiftError() const {
4741 return false;
4742 }
4743
4744 /// Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given
4745 /// machine function is handled explicitly via copies.
4746 virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const {
4747 return false;
4748 }
4749
4750 /// Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
4751 virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const { return false; }
4752
4753 /// Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
4754 virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const { return false; }
4755
4756 /// Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly
4757 /// via copies. This function is called at the beginning of instruction
4758 /// selection.
4759 virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const {
4760 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4761 }
4762
4763 /// Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks. We copy a subset of
4764 /// CSRs to virtual registers in the entry block, and copy them back to
4765 /// physical registers in the exit blocks. This function is called at the end
4766 /// of instruction selection.
4768 MachineBasicBlock *Entry,
4769 const SmallVectorImpl<MachineBasicBlock *> &Exits) const {
4770 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4771 }
4772
4773 /// Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and
4774 /// set the cost in \p Cost to indicate that if it is cheaper or neutral to
4775 /// do the negation.
4776 virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG,
4777 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4778 NegatibleCost &Cost,
4779 unsigned Depth = 0) const;
4780
4782 SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4784 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4786 SDValue Neg =
4787 getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4788 if (!Neg)
4789 return SDValue();
4790
4791 if (Cost <= CostThreshold)
4792 return Neg;
4793
4794 // Remove the new created node to avoid the side effect to the DAG.
4795 if (Neg->use_empty())
4796 DAG.RemoveDeadNode(Neg.getNode());
4797 return SDValue();
4798 }
4799
4800 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only
4801 /// when the cost is cheaper.
4803 bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize,
4804 unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4805 return getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize,
4807 }
4808
4809 /// This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if
4810 /// the cost is not expensive.
4812 bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth = 0) const {
4814 return getNegatedExpression(Op, DAG, LegalOps, OptForSize, Cost, Depth);
4815 }
4816
4817 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4818 // Lowering methods - These methods must be implemented by targets so that
4819 // the SelectionDAGBuilder code knows how to lower these.
4820 //
4821
4822 /// Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register
4823 /// storing a legal type
4825 SelectionDAG & DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts,
4826 unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4827 return false;
4828 }
4829
4830 /// Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value
4831 virtual SDValue
4833 const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts,
4834 MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT,
4835 std::optional<CallingConv::ID> CC) const {
4836 return SDValue();
4837 }
4838
4839 /// This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments,
4840 /// described by the Ins array, into the specified DAG. The implementation
4841 /// should fill in the InVals array with legal-type argument values, and
4842 /// return the resulting token chain value.
4844 SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
4845 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::InputArg> & /*Ins*/, const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
4846 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*InVals*/) const {
4847 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
4848 }
4849
4850 /// Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad
4851 /// blocks. The implementation should return the resulting token chain value.
4852 virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL,
4853 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
4854 return SDValue();
4855 }
4856
4857 virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC,
4858 ArgListTy &Args) const {}
4859
4860 /// This structure contains the information necessary for lowering
4861 /// pointer-authenticating indirect calls. It is equivalent to the "ptrauth"
4862 /// operand bundle found on the call instruction, if any.
4867
4868 /// This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering
4869 /// calls. It is passed to TLI::LowerCallTo when the SelectionDAG builder
4870 /// needs to lower a call, and targets will see this struct in their LowerCall
4871 /// implementation.
4874 /// Original unlegalized return type.
4875 Type *OrigRetTy = nullptr;
4876 /// Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
4877 Type *RetTy = nullptr;
4878 bool RetSExt : 1;
4879 bool RetZExt : 1;
4880 bool IsVarArg : 1;
4881 bool IsInReg : 1;
4887 bool NoMerge : 1;
4888
4889 // IsTailCall should be modified by implementations of
4890 // TargetLowering::LowerCall that perform tail call conversions.
4891 bool IsTailCall = false;
4892
4893 // Is Call lowering done post SelectionDAG type legalization.
4895
4896 unsigned NumFixedArgs = -1;
4902 const CallBase *CB = nullptr;
4907 const ConstantInt *CFIType = nullptr;
4910
4911 std::optional<PtrAuthInfo> PAI;
4912
4918
4920 DL = dl;
4921 return *this;
4922 }
4923
4925 Chain = InChain;
4926 return *this;
4927 }
4928
4929 // setCallee with target/module-specific attributes
4931 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4932 return setLibCallee(CC, ResultType, ResultType, Target,
4933 std::move(ArgsList));
4934 }
4935
4937 Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target,
4938 ArgListTy &&ArgsList) {
4939 OrigRetTy = OrigResultType;
4940 RetTy = ResultType;
4941 Callee = Target;
4942 CallConv = CC;
4943 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
4944 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4945
4946 DAG.getTargetLoweringInfo().markLibCallAttributes(
4947 &(DAG.getMachineFunction()), CC, Args);
4948 return *this;
4949 }
4950
4952 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
4953 AttributeSet ResultAttrs = {}) {
4954 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
4955 IsInReg = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::InReg);
4956 RetSExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::SExt);
4957 RetZExt = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::ZExt);
4958 NoMerge = ResultAttrs.hasAttribute(Attribute::NoMerge);
4959
4960 Callee = Target;
4961 CallConv = CC;
4962 NumFixedArgs = ArgsList.size();
4963 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4964 return *this;
4965 }
4966
4968 SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList,
4969 const CallBase &Call) {
4970 RetTy = OrigRetTy = ResultType;
4971
4972 IsInReg = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::InReg);
4974 Call.doesNotReturn() ||
4975 (!isa<InvokeInst>(Call) && isa<UnreachableInst>(Call.getNextNode()));
4976 IsVarArg = FTy->isVarArg();
4977 IsReturnValueUsed = !Call.use_empty();
4978 RetSExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::SExt);
4979 RetZExt = Call.hasRetAttr(Attribute::ZExt);
4980 NoMerge = Call.hasFnAttr(Attribute::NoMerge);
4981
4982 Callee = Target;
4983
4984 CallConv = Call.getCallingConv();
4985 NumFixedArgs = FTy->getNumParams();
4986 Args = std::move(ArgsList);
4987
4988 CB = &Call;
4989
4990 return *this;
4991 }
4992
4994 IsInReg = Value;
4995 return *this;
4996 }
4997
5000 return *this;
5001 }
5002
5004 IsVarArg = Value;
5005 return *this;
5006 }
5007
5009 IsTailCall = Value;
5010 return *this;
5011 }
5012
5015 return *this;
5016 }
5017
5020 return *this;
5021 }
5022
5024 RetSExt = Value;
5025 return *this;
5026 }
5027
5029 RetZExt = Value;
5030 return *this;
5031 }
5032
5035 return *this;
5036 }
5037
5040 return *this;
5041 }
5042
5044 PAI = Value;
5045 return *this;
5046 }
5047
5050 return *this;
5051 }
5052
5054 CFIType = Type;
5055 return *this;
5056 }
5057
5060 return *this;
5061 }
5062
5064 DeactivationSymbol = Sym;
5065 return *this;
5066 }
5067
5069 return Args;
5070 }
5071 };
5072
5073 /// This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
5075 // By passing type list before soften to makeLibCall, the target hook
5076 // shouldExtendTypeInLibCall can get the original type before soften.
5080
5081 bool IsSigned : 1;
5085 bool IsSoften : 1;
5086
5090
5092 IsSigned = Value;
5093 return *this;
5094 }
5095
5098 return *this;
5099 }
5100
5103 return *this;
5104 }
5105
5108 return *this;
5109 }
5110
5112 OpsVTBeforeSoften = OpsVT;
5113 RetVTBeforeSoften = RetVT;
5114 IsSoften = true;
5115 return *this;
5116 }
5117
5118 /// Override the argument type for an operand. Leave the type as null to use
5119 /// the type from the operand's node.
5121 OpsTypeOverrides = OpsTypes;
5122 return *this;
5123 }
5124 };
5125
5126 /// This function lowers an abstract call to a function into an actual call.
5127 /// This returns a pair of operands. The first element is the return value
5128 /// for the function (if RetTy is not VoidTy). The second element is the
5129 /// outgoing token chain. It calls LowerCall to do the actual lowering.
5130 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> LowerCallTo(CallLoweringInfo &CLI) const;
5131
5132 /// This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified
5133 /// DAG. The outgoing arguments to the call are described by the Outs array,
5134 /// and the values to be returned by the call are described by the Ins
5135 /// array. The implementation should fill in the InVals array with legal-type
5136 /// return values from the call, and return the resulting token chain value.
5137 virtual SDValue
5139 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*InVals*/) const {
5140 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5141 }
5142
5143 /// Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
5144 virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const {}
5145
5146 /// This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values
5147 /// described by the Outs array can fit into the return registers. If false
5148 /// is returned, an sret-demotion is performed.
5149 virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5150 MachineFunction &/*MF*/, bool /*isVarArg*/,
5151 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &/*Outs*/,
5152 LLVMContext &/*Context*/, const Type *RetTy) const
5153 {
5154 // Return true by default to get preexisting behavior.
5155 return true;
5156 }
5157
5158 /// Annotate a stack object pointer with known-bits assertions.
5159 SDValue annotateStackObjectPointer(SDValue Ptr, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5160 const SDLoc &DL, Align Alignment) const;
5161
5162 /// This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described
5163 /// by the Outs array, into the specified DAG. The implementation should
5164 /// return the resulting token chain value.
5165 virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue /*Chain*/, CallingConv::ID /*CallConv*/,
5166 bool /*isVarArg*/,
5167 const SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> & /*Outs*/,
5168 const SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> & /*OutVals*/,
5169 const SDLoc & /*dl*/,
5170 SelectionDAG & /*DAG*/) const {
5171 llvm_unreachable("Not Implemented");
5172 }
5173
5174 /// Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node
5175 /// only. It also compute and return the input chain for the tail call.
5176 ///
5177 /// This is used to determine whether it is possible to codegen a libcall as
5178 /// tail call at legalization time.
5179 virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &/*Chain*/) const {
5180 return false;
5181 }
5182
5183 /// Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail
5184 /// call. This is used by optimization passes to determine if it's profitable
5185 /// to duplicate return instructions to enable tailcall optimization.
5186 virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const {
5187 return false;
5188 }
5189
5190 /// Return the register ID of the name passed in. Used by named register
5191 /// global variables extension. There is no target-independent behaviour
5192 /// so the default action is to bail.
5193 virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char* RegName, LLT Ty,
5194 const MachineFunction &MF) const {
5195 reportFatalUsageError("Named registers not implemented for this target");
5196 }
5197
5198 /// Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a
5199 /// zeroext/signext integer return value. FIXME: Some C calling conventions
5200 /// require the return type to be promoted, but this is not true all the time,
5201 /// e.g. i1/i8/i16 on x86/x86_64. It is also not necessary for non-C calling
5202 /// conventions. The frontend should handle this and include all of the
5203 /// necessary information.
5205 ISD::NodeType /*ExtendKind*/) const {
5206 EVT MinVT = getRegisterType(MVT::i32);
5207 return VT.bitsLT(MinVT) ? MinVT : VT;
5208 }
5209
5210 /// For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple
5211 /// simple types, but the calling convention specifies that the entire struct
5212 /// must be passed in a block of consecutive registers.
5213 virtual bool
5215 bool isVarArg,
5216 const DataLayout &DL) const {
5217 return false;
5218 }
5219
5220 /// For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple
5221 /// smaller types. Usually the halves are ordered according to the endianness
5222 /// but for some platform that would break. So this method will default to
5223 /// matching the endianness but can be overridden.
5224 virtual bool
5226 return DL.isLittleEndian();
5227 }
5228
5229 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as
5230 /// scratch registers.
5232 return nullptr;
5233 }
5234
5235 /// Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be
5236 /// attached into strict FP call.
5240
5241 /// This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
5242 /// It takes a chain node as input and returns the chain for the load itself.
5243 ///
5244 /// Having a callback like this is necessary for targets like SystemZ,
5245 /// which allows a CPU to reuse the result of a previous load indefinitely,
5246 /// even if a cache-coherent store is performed by another CPU. The default
5247 /// implementation does nothing.
5249 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5250 return Chain;
5251 }
5252
5253 /// This callback is invoked by the type legalizer to legalize nodes with an
5254 /// illegal operand type but legal result types. It replaces the
5255 /// LowerOperation callback in the type Legalizer. The reason we can not do
5256 /// away with LowerOperation entirely is that LegalizeDAG isn't yet ready to
5257 /// use this callback.
5258 ///
5259 /// TODO: Consider merging with ReplaceNodeResults.
5260 ///
5261 /// The target places new result values for the node in Results (their number
5262 /// and types must exactly match those of the original return values of
5263 /// the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the node is not
5264 /// to be custom lowered after all.
5265 /// The default implementation calls LowerOperation.
5266 virtual void LowerOperationWrapper(SDNode *N,
5268 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5269
5270 /// This callback is invoked for operations that are unsupported by the
5271 /// target, which are registered to use 'custom' lowering, and whose defined
5272 /// values are all legal. If the target has no operations that require custom
5273 /// lowering, it need not implement this. The default implementation of this
5274 /// aborts.
5275 virtual SDValue LowerOperation(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5276
5277 /// This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the
5278 /// target, and the operation was registered to use 'custom' lowering for that
5279 /// result type. The target places new result values for the node in Results
5280 /// (their number and types must exactly match those of the original return
5281 /// values of the node), or leaves Results empty, which indicates that the
5282 /// node is not to be custom lowered after all.
5283 ///
5284 /// If the target has no operations that require custom lowering, it need not
5285 /// implement this. The default implementation aborts.
5286 virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode * /*N*/,
5287 SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &/*Results*/,
5288 SelectionDAG &/*DAG*/) const {
5289 llvm_unreachable("ReplaceNodeResults not implemented for this target!");
5290 }
5291
5292 /// This method returns the name of a target specific DAG node.
5293 virtual const char *getTargetNodeName(unsigned Opcode) const;
5294
5295 /// This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the
5296 /// target does not support "fast" ISel.
5298 const TargetLibraryInfo *,
5299 const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const {
5300 return nullptr;
5301 }
5302
5303 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5304 // Inline Asm Support hooks
5305 //
5306
5308 C_Register, // Constraint represents specific register(s).
5309 C_RegisterClass, // Constraint represents any of register(s) in class.
5310 C_Memory, // Memory constraint.
5311 C_Address, // Address constraint.
5312 C_Immediate, // Requires an immediate.
5313 C_Other, // Something else.
5314 C_Unknown // Unsupported constraint.
5315 };
5316
5318 // Generic weights.
5319 CW_Invalid = -1, // No match.
5320 CW_Okay = 0, // Acceptable.
5321 CW_Good = 1, // Good weight.
5322 CW_Better = 2, // Better weight.
5323 CW_Best = 3, // Best weight.
5324
5325 // Well-known weights.
5326 CW_SpecificReg = CW_Okay, // Specific register operands.
5327 CW_Register = CW_Good, // Register operands.
5328 CW_Memory = CW_Better, // Memory operands.
5329 CW_Constant = CW_Best, // Constant operand.
5330 CW_Default = CW_Okay // Default or don't know type.
5331 };
5332
5333 /// This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
5335 /// This contains the actual string for the code, like "m". TargetLowering
5336 /// picks the 'best' code from ConstraintInfo::Codes that most closely
5337 /// matches the operand.
5338 std::string ConstraintCode;
5339
5340 /// Information about the constraint code, e.g. Register, RegisterClass,
5341 /// Memory, Other, Unknown.
5343
5344 /// If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null,
5345 /// otherwise it is the incoming operand to the CallInst. This gets
5346 /// modified as the asm is processed.
5348
5349 /// The ValueType for the operand value.
5350 MVT ConstraintVT = MVT::Other;
5351
5352 /// Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
5355
5356 /// Return true of this is an input operand that is a matching constraint
5357 /// like "4".
5358 LLVM_ABI bool isMatchingInputConstraint() const;
5359
5360 /// If this is an input matching constraint, this method returns the output
5361 /// operand it matches.
5362 LLVM_ABI unsigned getMatchedOperand() const;
5363 };
5364
5365 using AsmOperandInfoVector = std::vector<AsmOperandInfo>;
5366
5367 /// Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the
5368 /// specific constraints and their prefixes, and also tie in the associated
5369 /// operand values. If this returns an empty vector, and if the constraint
5370 /// string itself isn't empty, there was an error parsing.
5372 const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI,
5373 const CallBase &Call) const;
5374
5375 /// Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
5376 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5378 AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const;
5379
5380 /// Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
5381 /// The operand object must already have been set up with the operand type.
5383 AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const;
5384
5385 /// Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific
5386 /// AsmOperandInfo, setting OpInfo.ConstraintCode and OpInfo.ConstraintType.
5387 /// If the actual operand being passed in is available, it can be passed in as
5388 /// Op, otherwise an empty SDValue can be passed.
5389 virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5390 SDValue Op,
5391 SelectionDAG *DAG = nullptr) const;
5392
5393 /// Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
5394 virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const;
5395
5396 using ConstraintPair = std::pair<StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType>;
5398 /// Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a
5399 /// sorted Vector of pairs of constraint codes and their types in priority of
5400 /// what we'd prefer to lower them as. This may contain immediates that
5401 /// cannot be lowered, but it is meant to be a machine agnostic order of
5402 /// preferences.
5404
5405 /// Given a physical register constraint (e.g. {edx}), return the register
5406 /// number and the register class for the register.
5407 ///
5408 /// Given a register class constraint, like 'r', if this corresponds directly
5409 /// to an LLVM register class, return a register of 0 and the register class
5410 /// pointer.
5411 ///
5412 /// This should only be used for C_Register constraints. On error, this
5413 /// returns a register number of 0 and a null register class pointer.
5414 virtual std::pair<unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass *>
5416 StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const;
5417
5419 getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const {
5420 if (ConstraintCode == "m")
5422 if (ConstraintCode == "o")
5424 if (ConstraintCode == "X")
5426 if (ConstraintCode == "p")
5429 }
5430
5431 /// Try to replace an X constraint, which matches anything, with another that
5432 /// has more specific requirements based on the type of the corresponding
5433 /// operand. This returns null if there is no replacement to make.
5434 virtual const char *LowerXConstraint(EVT ConstraintVT) const;
5435
5436 /// Lower the specified operand into the Ops vector. If it is invalid, don't
5437 /// add anything to Ops.
5438 virtual void LowerAsmOperandForConstraint(SDValue Op, StringRef Constraint,
5439 std::vector<SDValue> &Ops,
5440 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5441
5442 // Lower custom output constraints. If invalid, return SDValue().
5443 virtual SDValue LowerAsmOutputForConstraint(SDValue &Chain, SDValue &Glue,
5444 const SDLoc &DL,
5445 const AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo,
5446 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5447
5448 // Targets may override this function to collect operands from the CallInst
5449 // and for example, lower them into the SelectionDAG operands.
5450 virtual void CollectTargetIntrinsicOperands(const CallInst &I,
5452 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5453
5454 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5455 // Div utility functions
5456 //
5457
5458 SDValue BuildSDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5459 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5460 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5461 SDValue BuildUDIV(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool IsAfterLegalization,
5462 bool IsAfterLegalTypes,
5463 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5464 // Build sdiv by power-of-2 with conditional move instructions
5465 SDValue buildSDIVPow2WithCMov(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5466 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5467 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5468
5469 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SDIV lowering for
5470 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5471 /// assumes SDIV is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5472 /// operations.
5473 virtual SDValue BuildSDIVPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5474 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5475 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5476
5477 /// Targets may override this function to provide custom SREM lowering for
5478 /// power-of-2 denominators. If the target returns an empty SDValue, LLVM
5479 /// assumes SREM is expensive and replaces it with a series of other integer
5480 /// operations.
5481 virtual SDValue BuildSREMPow2(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
5482 SelectionDAG &DAG,
5483 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
5484
5485 /// Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same
5486 /// divisor. If the transform should never be done, return zero. If the
5487 /// transform should be done, return the minimum number of divisor uses
5488 /// that must exist.
5489 virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const {
5490 return 0;
5491 }
5492
5493 /// Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square
5494 /// roots.
5495
5496 /// Return either a square root or its reciprocal estimate value for the input
5497 /// operand.
5498 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5499 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5500 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5501 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5502 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5503 /// The boolean UseOneConstNR output is used to select a Newton-Raphson
5504 /// algorithm implementation that uses either one or two constants.
5505 /// The boolean Reciprocal is used to select whether the estimate is for the
5506 /// square root of the input operand or the reciprocal of its square root.
5507 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5508 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5509 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5510 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5512 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps,
5513 bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const {
5514 return SDValue();
5515 }
5516
5517 /// Try to convert the fminnum/fmaxnum to a compare/select sequence. This is
5518 /// required for correctness since InstCombine might have canonicalized a
5519 /// fcmp+select sequence to a FMINNUM/FMAXNUM intrinsic. If we were to fall
5520 /// through to the default expansion/soften to libcall, we might introduce a
5521 /// link-time dependency on libm into a file that originally did not have one.
5522 SDValue createSelectForFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5523
5524 /// Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
5525 /// \p Enabled is a ReciprocalEstimate enum with value either 'Unspecified' or
5526 /// 'Enabled' as set by a potential default override attribute.
5527 /// If \p RefinementSteps is 'Unspecified', the number of Newton-Raphson
5528 /// refinement iterations required to generate a sufficient (though not
5529 /// necessarily IEEE-754 compliant) estimate is returned in that parameter.
5530 /// A target may choose to implement its own refinement within this function.
5531 /// If that's true, then return '0' as the number of RefinementSteps to avoid
5532 /// any further refinement of the estimate.
5533 /// An empty SDValue return means no estimate sequence can be created.
5535 int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const {
5536 return SDValue();
5537 }
5538
5539 /// Return a target-dependent comparison result if the input operand is
5540 /// suitable for use with a square root estimate calculation. For example, the
5541 /// comparison may check if the operand is NAN, INF, zero, normal, etc. The
5542 /// result should be used as the condition operand for a select or branch.
5543 virtual SDValue getSqrtInputTest(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5544 const DenormalMode &Mode,
5545 SDNodeFlags Flags = {}) const;
5546
5547 /// Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for
5548 /// use with a square root estimate calculation.
5550 SelectionDAG &DAG) const {
5551 return DAG.getConstantFP(0.0, SDLoc(Operand), Operand.getValueType());
5552 }
5553
5554 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5555 // Legalization utility functions
5556 //
5557
5558 /// Expand a MUL or [US]MUL_LOHI of n-bit values into two or four nodes,
5559 /// respectively, each computing an n/2-bit part of the result.
5560 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the parts of the result
5561 /// in little-endian order.
5562 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5563 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5564 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5565 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5566 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5567 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not
5568 bool expandMUL_LOHI(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue LHS,
5569 SDValue RHS, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
5570 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5571 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5572 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5573
5574 /// Expand a MUL into two nodes. One that computes the high bits of
5575 /// the result and one that computes the low bits.
5576 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi nodes.
5577 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the MUL. You can use this parameter
5578 /// if you want to control how low bits are extracted from the LHS.
5579 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5580 /// \param RL Low bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning
5581 /// \param RH High bits of the RHS of the MUL. See LL for meaning.
5582 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded. false if it has not
5583 bool expandMUL(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi, EVT HiLoVT,
5584 SelectionDAG &DAG, MulExpansionKind Kind,
5585 SDValue LL = SDValue(), SDValue LH = SDValue(),
5586 SDValue RL = SDValue(), SDValue RH = SDValue()) const;
5587
5588 /// Attempt to expand an n-bit div/rem/divrem by constant using an n/2-bit
5589 /// algorithm. First, attempt to expand the division using a n/2-bit urem by
5590 /// constant and other arithmetic ops. The n/2-bit urem by constant will be
5591 /// expanded by DAGCombiner. As this is not possible for all constant
5592 /// divisors, this method falls back to an implementation of the magic
5593 /// algorithm using n/2-bit operations.
5594 /// \param N Node to expand
5595 /// \param Result A vector that will be filled with the lo and high parts of
5596 /// the results. For *DIVREM, this will be the quotient parts followed
5597 /// by the remainder parts.
5598 /// \param HiLoVT The value type to use for the Lo and Hi parts. Should be
5599 /// half of VT.
5600 /// \param LL Low bits of the LHS of the operation. You can use this
5601 /// parameter if you want to control how low bits are extracted from
5602 /// the LHS.
5603 /// \param LH High bits of the LHS of the operation. See LL for meaning.
5604 /// \returns true if the node has been expanded, false if it has not.
5605 bool expandDIVREMByConstant(SDNode *N, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result,
5606 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5607 SDValue LL = SDValue(),
5608 SDValue LH = SDValue()) const;
5609
5610 /// Expand funnel shift.
5611 /// \param N Node to expand
5612 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5613 SDValue expandFunnelShift(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5614
5615 /// Expand carryless multiply.
5616 /// \param N Node to expand
5617 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5618 SDValue expandCLMUL(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5619
5620 /// Expand parallel bit extract (compress).
5621 /// \param N Node to expand
5622 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5623 SDValue expandPEXT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5624
5625 /// Expand parallel bit deposit (expand).
5626 /// \param N Node to expand
5627 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5628 SDValue expandPDEP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5629
5630 /// Expand rotations.
5631 /// \param N Node to expand
5632 /// \param AllowVectorOps expand vector rotate, this should only be performed
5633 /// if the legalization is happening outside of LegalizeVectorOps
5634 /// \returns The expansion if successful, SDValue() otherwise
5635 SDValue expandROT(SDNode *N, bool AllowVectorOps, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5636
5637 /// Expand shift-by-parts.
5638 /// \param N Node to expand
5639 /// \param Lo lower-output-part after conversion
5640 /// \param Hi upper-output-part after conversion
5641 void expandShiftParts(SDNode *N, SDValue &Lo, SDValue &Hi,
5642 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5643
5644 /// Expand float(f32) to SINT(i64) conversion
5645 /// \param N Node to expand
5646 /// \param Result output after conversion
5647 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5648 bool expandFP_TO_SINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5649
5650 /// Expand float to UINT conversion
5651 /// \param N Node to expand
5652 /// \param Result output after conversion
5653 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5654 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5655 bool expandFP_TO_UINT(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5656 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5657
5658 /// Expand UINT(i64) to double(f64) conversion
5659 /// \param N Node to expand
5660 /// \param Result output after conversion
5661 /// \param Chain output chain after conversion
5662 /// \returns True, if the expansion was successful, false otherwise
5663 bool expandUINT_TO_FP(SDNode *N, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Chain,
5664 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5665
5666 /// Expand fminnum/fmaxnum into fminnum_ieee/fmaxnum_ieee with quieted inputs.
5667 SDValue expandFMINNUM_FMAXNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5668
5669 /// Expand fminimum/fmaximum into multiple comparison with selects.
5670 SDValue expandFMINIMUM_FMAXIMUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5671
5672 /// Expand fminimumnum/fmaximumnum into multiple comparison with selects.
5673 SDValue expandFMINIMUMNUM_FMAXIMUMNUM(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5674
5675 /// Expand FP_TO_[US]INT_SAT into FP_TO_[US]INT and selects or min/max.
5676 /// \param N Node to expand
5677 /// \returns The expansion result
5678 SDValue expandFP_TO_INT_SAT(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5679
5680 /// Truncate Op to ResultVT. If the result is exact, leave it alone. If it is
5681 /// not exact, force the result to be odd.
5682 /// \param ResultVT The type of result.
5683 /// \param Op The value to round.
5684 /// \returns The expansion result
5685 SDValue expandRoundInexactToOdd(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, const SDLoc &DL,
5686 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5687
5688 /// Expand round(fp) to fp conversion
5689 /// \param N Node to expand
5690 /// \returns The expansion result
5691 SDValue expandFP_ROUND(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5692
5693 /// Expand check for floating point class.
5694 /// \param ResultVT The type of intrinsic call result.
5695 /// \param Op The tested value.
5696 /// \param Test The test to perform.
5697 /// \param Flags The optimization flags.
5698 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5699 SDValue expandIS_FPCLASS(EVT ResultVT, SDValue Op, FPClassTest Test,
5700 SDNodeFlags Flags, const SDLoc &DL,
5701 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5702
5703 /// Expand FCANONICALIZE to FMUL with 1.
5704 /// \param NodeNode to expand
5705 /// \returns The expansion result
5706 SDValue expandFCANONICALIZE(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5707
5708 /// Expand CONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5709 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5710 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5711 SDValue expandCONVERT_TO_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5712
5713 /// Expand CONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP using bit manipulation.
5714 /// \param Node Node to expand.
5715 /// \returns The expansion result, or SDValue() if fails.
5716 SDValue expandCONVERT_FROM_ARBITRARY_FP(SDNode *Node,
5717 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5718
5719 /// Expand CTPOP nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTPOP nodes,
5720 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5721 /// \param N Node to expand
5722 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5723 SDValue expandCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5724
5725 /// Expand VP_CTPOP nodes.
5726 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5727 SDValue expandVPCTPOP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5728
5729 /// Expand CTLZ/CTLZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTLZ nodes,
5730 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5731 /// \param N Node to expand
5732 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5733 SDValue expandCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5734
5735 /// Expand VP_CTLZ/VP_CTLZ_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5736 /// \param N Node to expand
5737 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5738 SDValue expandVPCTLZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5739
5740 /// Expand CTLS (count leading sign bits) nodes.
5741 /// CTLS(x) = CTLZ(OR(SHL(XOR(x, SRA(x, BW-1)), 1), 1))
5742 /// \param N Node to expand
5743 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5744 SDValue expandCTLS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5745
5746 /// Expand CTTZ via Table Lookup.
5747 /// \param N Node to expand
5748 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5749 SDValue CTTZTableLookup(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT,
5750 SDValue Op, unsigned NumBitsPerElt) const;
5751
5752 /// Expand CTTZ/CTTZ_ZERO_POISON nodes. Expands vector/scalar CTTZ nodes,
5753 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5754 /// \param N Node to expand
5755 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5756 SDValue expandCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5757
5758 /// Expand VP_CTTZ/VP_CTTZ_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5759 /// \param N Node to expand
5760 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5761 SDValue expandVPCTTZ(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5762
5763 /// Expand VP_CTTZ_ELTS/VP_CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON nodes.
5764 /// \param N Node to expand
5765 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5766 SDValue expandVPCTTZElements(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5767
5768 /// Expand VECTOR_FIND_LAST_ACTIVE nodes
5769 /// \param N Node to expand
5770 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5771 SDValue expandVectorFindLastActive(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5772
5773 /// Expand LOOP_DEPENDENCE_MASK nodes
5774 /// \param N Node to expand
5775 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5776 SDValue expandLoopDependenceMask(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5777
5778 /// Expand ABS nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABS nodes,
5779 /// vector nodes can only succeed if all operations are legal/custom.
5780 /// (ABS x) -> (XOR (ADD x, (SRA x, type_size)), (SRA x, type_size))
5781 /// \param N Node to expand
5782 /// \param IsNegative indicate negated abs
5783 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5784 SDValue expandABS(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5785 bool IsNegative = false) const;
5786
5787 /// Expand ABDS/ABDU nodes. Expands vector/scalar ABDS/ABDU nodes.
5788 /// \param N Node to expand
5789 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5790 SDValue expandABD(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5791
5792 /// Expand vector/scalar AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU/AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU nodes.
5793 /// \param N Node to expand
5794 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5795 SDValue expandAVG(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5796
5797 /// Expand BSWAP nodes. Expands scalar/vector BSWAP nodes with i16/i32/i64
5798 /// scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5799 /// \param N Node to expand
5800 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5801 SDValue expandBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5802
5803 /// Expand VP_BSWAP nodes. Expands VP_BSWAP nodes with
5804 /// i16/i32/i64 scalar types. Returns SDValue() if expand fails. \param N Node
5805 /// to expand \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5806 SDValue expandVPBSWAP(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5807
5808 /// Expand BITREVERSE nodes. Expands scalar/vector BITREVERSE nodes.
5809 /// Returns SDValue() if expand fails.
5810 /// \param N Node to expand
5811 /// \returns The expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5812 SDValue expandBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5813
5814 /// Expand VP_BITREVERSE nodes. Expands VP_BITREVERSE nodes with
5815 /// i8/i16/i32/i64 scalar types. \param N Node to expand \returns The
5816 /// expansion result or SDValue() if it fails.
5817 SDValue expandVPBITREVERSE(SDNode *N, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5818
5819 /// Turn load of vector type into a load of the individual elements.
5820 /// \param LD load to expand
5821 /// \returns BUILD_VECTOR and TokenFactor nodes.
5822 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> scalarizeVectorLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5823 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5824
5825 // Turn a store of a vector type into stores of the individual elements.
5826 /// \param ST Store with a vector value type
5827 /// \returns TokenFactor of the individual store chains.
5829
5830 /// Expands an unaligned load to 2 half-size loads for an integer, and
5831 /// possibly more for vectors.
5832 std::pair<SDValue, SDValue> expandUnalignedLoad(LoadSDNode *LD,
5833 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5834
5835 /// Expands an unaligned store to 2 half-size stores for integer values, and
5836 /// possibly more for vectors.
5837 SDValue expandUnalignedStore(StoreSDNode *ST, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5838
5839 /// Increments memory address \p Addr according to the type of the value
5840 /// \p DataVT that should be stored. If the data is stored in compressed
5841 /// form, the memory address should be incremented according to the number of
5842 /// the stored elements. This number is equal to the number of '1's bits
5843 /// in the \p Mask.
5844 /// \p DataVT is a vector type. \p Mask is a vector value.
5845 /// \p DataVT and \p Mask have the same number of vector elements.
5846 SDValue IncrementMemoryAddress(SDValue Addr, SDValue Mask, const SDLoc &DL,
5847 EVT DataVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
5848 bool IsCompressedMemory) const;
5849
5850 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5851 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5852 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5853 /// bounds. \p PtrArithFlags can be used to mark that arithmetic within the
5854 /// vector in memory is known to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5855 SDValue getVectorElementPointer(
5856 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index,
5857 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5858
5859 /// Get a pointer to vector element \p Idx located in memory for a vector of
5860 /// type \p VecVT starting at a base address of \p VecPtr. If \p Idx is out of
5861 /// bounds the returned pointer is unspecified, but will be within the vector
5862 /// bounds. \p VecPtr is guaranteed to point to the beginning of a memory
5863 /// location large enough for the vector.
5865 EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const {
5866 return getVectorElementPointer(DAG, VecPtr, VecVT, Index,
5869 }
5870
5871 /// Get a pointer to a sub-vector of type \p SubVecVT at index \p Idx located
5872 /// in memory for a vector of type \p VecVT starting at a base address of
5873 /// \p VecPtr. If \p Idx plus the size of \p SubVecVT is out of bounds the
5874 /// returned pointer is unspecified, but the value returned will be such that
5875 /// the entire subvector would be within the vector bounds. \p PtrArithFlags
5876 /// can be used to mark that arithmetic within the vector in memory is known
5877 /// to not wrap or to be inbounds.
5878 SDValue
5879 getVectorSubVecPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT,
5880 EVT SubVecVT, SDValue Index,
5881 const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags = SDNodeFlags()) const;
5882
5883 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][MIN|MAX]. This
5884 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5885 SDValue expandIntMINMAX(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5886
5887 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US][ADD|SUB]SAT. This
5888 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5889 SDValue expandAddSubSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5890
5891 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]CMP. This
5892 /// method accepts integers as its arguments
5893 SDValue expandCMP(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5894
5895 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]SHLSAT. This
5896 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5897 SDValue expandShlSat(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5898
5899 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[U|S]MULFIX[SAT]. This
5900 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5901 SDValue expandFixedPointMul(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5902
5903 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]DIVFIX[SAT]. This
5904 /// method accepts integers as its arguments.
5905 /// Note: This method may fail if the division could not be performed
5906 /// within the type. Clients must retry with a wider type if this happens.
5907 SDValue expandFixedPointDiv(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &dl,
5909 unsigned Scale, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5910
5911 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::U(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5912 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5913 void expandUADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5914 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5915
5916 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::S(ADD|SUB)O. Expansion
5917 /// always suceeds and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5918 void expandSADDSUBO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5919 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5920
5921 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::[US]MULO. Returns whether
5922 /// expansion was successful and populates the Result and Overflow arguments.
5923 bool expandMULO(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SDValue &Overflow,
5924 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5925
5926 /// Calculate the product twice the width of LHS and RHS. If HiLHS/HiRHS are
5927 /// non-null they will be included in the multiplication. The expansion works
5928 /// by splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add
5929 /// together without neding MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5930 void forceExpandMultiply(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5932 SDValue HiLHS = SDValue(),
5933 SDValue HiRHS = SDValue()) const;
5934
5935 /// Calculate full product of LHS and RHS either via a libcall or through
5936 /// brute force expansion of the multiplication. The expansion works by
5937 /// splitting the 2 inputs into 4 pieces that we can multiply and add together
5938 /// without needing MULH or MUL_LOHI.
5939 void forceExpandWideMUL(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &dl, bool Signed,
5940 const SDValue LHS, const SDValue RHS, SDValue &Lo,
5941 SDValue &Hi) const;
5942
5943 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_* into an explicit calculation. If Count is specified,
5944 /// only the first Count elements of the vector are used.
5945 SDValue expandVecReduce(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5946
5947 /// Expand a VECREDUCE_SEQ_* into an explicit ordered calculation.
5948 SDValue expandVecReduceSeq(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5949
5950 /// Expand an SREM or UREM using SDIV/UDIV or SDIVREM/UDIVREM, if legal.
5951 /// Returns true if the expansion was successful.
5952 bool expandREM(SDNode *Node, SDValue &Result, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5953
5954 /// Method for building the DAG expansion of ISD::VECTOR_SPLICE. This
5955 /// method accepts vectors as its arguments.
5956 SDValue expandVectorSplice(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5957
5958 /// Expand a vector VECTOR_COMPRESS into a sequence of extract element, store
5959 /// temporarily, advance store position, before re-loading the final vector.
5960 SDValue expandVECTOR_COMPRESS(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5961
5962 /// Expand a CTTZ_ELTS or CTTZ_ELTS_ZERO_POISON by calculating (VL - i) for
5963 /// each active lane (i), getting the maximum and subtracting it from VL.
5964 SDValue expandCttzElts(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5965
5966 /// Expands PARTIAL_REDUCE_S/UMLA nodes to a series of simpler operations,
5967 /// consisting of zext/sext, extract_subvector, mul and add operations.
5968 SDValue expandPartialReduceMLA(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
5969
5970 /// Expands a node with multiple results to an FP or vector libcall. The
5971 /// libcall is expected to take all the operands of the \p Node followed by
5972 /// output pointers for each of the results. \p CallRetResNo can be optionally
5973 /// set to indicate that one of the results comes from the libcall's return
5974 /// value.
5975 bool expandMultipleResultFPLibCall(
5976 SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, SDNode *Node,
5978 std::optional<unsigned> CallRetResNo = {}) const;
5979
5980 /// Legalize a SETCC or VP_SETCC with given LHS and RHS and condition code CC
5981 /// on the current target. A VP_SETCC will additionally be given a Mask
5982 /// and/or EVL not equal to SDValue().
5983 ///
5984 /// If the SETCC has been legalized using AND / OR, then the legalized node
5985 /// will be stored in LHS. RHS and CC will be set to SDValue(). NeedInvert
5986 /// will be set to false. This will also hold if the VP_SETCC has been
5987 /// legalized using VP_AND / VP_OR.
5988 ///
5989 /// If the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized by using
5990 /// getSetCCSwappedOperands(), then the values of LHS and RHS will be
5991 /// swapped, CC will be set to the new condition, and NeedInvert will be set
5992 /// to false.
5993 ///
5994 /// If the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized using the inverse condcode,
5995 /// then LHS and RHS will be unchanged, CC will set to the inverted condcode,
5996 /// and NeedInvert will be set to true. The caller must invert the result of
5997 /// the SETCC with SelectionDAG::getLogicalNOT() or take equivalent action to
5998 /// swap the effect of a true/false result.
5999 ///
6000 /// \returns true if the SETCC / VP_SETCC has been legalized, false if it
6001 /// hasn't.
6002 bool LegalizeSetCCCondCode(SelectionDAG &DAG, EVT VT, SDValue &LHS,
6003 SDValue &RHS, SDValue &CC, SDValue Mask,
6004 SDValue EVL, bool &NeedInvert, const SDLoc &dl,
6005 SDValue &Chain, bool IsSignaling = false) const;
6006
6007 //===--------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6008 // Instruction Emitting Hooks
6009 //
6010
6011 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6012 /// the 'usesCustomInserter' flag. These instructions are special in various
6013 /// ways, which require special support to insert. The specified MachineInstr
6014 /// is created but not inserted into any basic blocks, and this method is
6015 /// called to expand it into a sequence of instructions, potentially also
6016 /// creating new basic blocks and control flow.
6017 /// As long as the returned basic block is different (i.e., we created a new
6018 /// one), the custom inserter is free to modify the rest of \p MBB.
6019 virtual MachineBasicBlock *
6020 EmitInstrWithCustomInserter(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const;
6021
6022 /// This method should be implemented by targets that mark instructions with
6023 /// the 'hasPostISelHook' flag. These instructions must be adjusted after
6024 /// instruction selection by target hooks. e.g. To fill in optional defs for
6025 /// ARM 's' setting instructions.
6026 virtual void AdjustInstrPostInstrSelection(MachineInstr &MI,
6027 SDNode *Node) const;
6028
6029 /// If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a
6030 /// LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering Intrinsic::stackprotector.
6031 virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const { return false; }
6032
6034 const SDLoc &DL) const {
6035 llvm_unreachable("not implemented for this target");
6036 }
6037
6038 /// Lower TLS global address SDNode for target independent emulated TLS model.
6039 virtual SDValue LowerToTLSEmulatedModel(const GlobalAddressSDNode *GA,
6040 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6041
6042 /// Expands target specific indirect branch for the case of JumpTable
6043 /// expansion.
6044 virtual SDValue expandIndirectJTBranch(const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Value,
6045 SDValue Addr, int JTI,
6046 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6047
6048 // seteq(x, 0) -> truncate(srl(ctlz(zext(x)), log2(#bits)))
6049 // If we're comparing for equality to zero and isCtlzFast is true, expose the
6050 // fact that this can be implemented as a ctlz/srl pair, so that the dag
6051 // combiner can fold the new nodes.
6052 SDValue lowerCmpEqZeroToCtlzSrl(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6053
6054 // Return true if `X & Y eq/ne 0` is preferable to `X & Y ne/eq Y`
6056 return true;
6057 }
6058
6059 // Expand vector operation by dividing it into smaller length operations and
6060 // joining their results. SDValue() is returned when expansion did not happen.
6061 SDValue expandVectorNaryOpBySplitting(SDNode *Node, SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6062
6063 /// Replace an extraction of a load with a narrowed load.
6064 ///
6065 /// \param ResultVT type of the result extraction.
6066 /// \param InVecVT type of the input vector to with bitcasts resolved.
6067 /// \param EltNo index of the vector element to load.
6068 /// \param OriginalLoad vector load that to be replaced.
6069 /// \returns \p ResultVT Load on success SDValue() on failure.
6070 SDValue scalarizeExtractedVectorLoad(EVT ResultVT, const SDLoc &DL,
6071 EVT InVecVT, SDValue EltNo,
6072 LoadSDNode *OriginalLoad,
6073 SelectionDAG &DAG) const;
6074
6075protected:
6076 void setTypeIdForCallsiteInfo(const CallBase *CB, MachineFunction &MF,
6077 MachineFunction::CallSiteInfo &CSInfo) const;
6078
6079private:
6080 SDValue foldSetCCWithAnd(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6081 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6082 SDValue foldSetCCWithOr(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6083 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6084 SDValue foldSetCCWithBinOp(EVT VT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6085 const SDLoc &DL, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI) const;
6086
6087 SDValue optimizeSetCCOfSignedTruncationCheck(EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0,
6089 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6090 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6091
6092 // (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 --> ((X <</l>> Y) & C) ==/!= 0
6093 SDValue optimizeSetCCByHoistingAndByConstFromLogicalShift(
6094 EVT SCCVT, SDValue N0, SDValue N1C, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6095 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL) const;
6096
6097 SDValue prepareUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6098 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6099 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6100 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6101 SDValue buildUREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6102 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6103 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6104
6105 SDValue prepareSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode,
6106 SDValue CompTargetNode, ISD::CondCode Cond,
6107 DAGCombinerInfo &DCI, const SDLoc &DL,
6108 SmallVectorImpl<SDNode *> &Created) const;
6109 SDValue buildSREMEqFold(EVT SETCCVT, SDValue REMNode, SDValue CompTargetNode,
6110 ISD::CondCode Cond, DAGCombinerInfo &DCI,
6111 const SDLoc &DL) const;
6112
6113 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUREMDecomposition(
6114 SDNode *N, APInt Divisor, SmallVectorImpl<SDValue> &Result, EVT HiLoVT,
6115 SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6116
6117 bool expandUDIVREMByConstantViaUMulHiMagic(SDNode *N, const APInt &Divisor,
6119 EVT HiLoVT, SelectionDAG &DAG,
6120 SDValue LL, SDValue LH) const;
6121};
6122
6123/// Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value
6124/// EVTs and flags, and optionally also the offsets, if the return value is
6125/// being lowered to memory.
6126LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType,
6127 AttributeList attr,
6128 SmallVectorImpl<ISD::OutputArg> &Outs,
6129 const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL);
6130
6131} // end namespace llvm
6132
6133#endif // LLVM_CODEGEN_TARGETLOWERING_H
return SDValue()
assert(UImm &&(UImm !=~static_cast< T >(0)) &&"Invalid immediate!")
This file implements a class to represent arbitrary precision integral constant values and operations...
MachineBasicBlock & MBB
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator DebugLoc DL
MachineBasicBlock MachineBasicBlock::iterator MBBI
Function Alias Analysis Results
Atomic ordering constants.
This file contains the simple types necessary to represent the attributes associated with functions a...
#define X(NUM, ENUM, NAME)
Definition ELF.h:856
block Block Frequency Analysis
static GCRegistry::Add< CoreCLRGC > E("coreclr", "CoreCLR-compatible GC")
static GCRegistry::Add< OcamlGC > B("ocaml", "ocaml 3.10-compatible GC")
#define LLVM_ABI
Definition Compiler.h:215
#define LLVM_READONLY
Definition Compiler.h:324
This file defines the DenseMap class.
const HexagonInstrInfo * TII
IRTranslator LLVM IR MI
static bool ShrinkDemandedConstant(Instruction *I, unsigned OpNo, const APInt &Demanded)
Check to see if the specified operand of the specified instruction is a constant integer.
const AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::OperatorInfo AbstractManglingParser< Derived, Alloc >::Ops[]
#define RegName(no)
lazy value info
Implement a low-level type suitable for MachineInstr level instruction selection.
#define F(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:54
#define I(x, y, z)
Definition MD5.cpp:57
Register const TargetRegisterInfo * TRI
Promote Memory to Register
Definition Mem2Reg.cpp:110
ConstantRange Range(APInt(BitWidth, Low), APInt(BitWidth, High))
uint64_t High
PowerPC Reduce CR logical Operation
const SmallVectorImpl< MachineOperand > & Cond
static cl::opt< RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode > Mode("regalloc-enable-advisor", cl::Hidden, cl::init(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default), cl::desc("Enable regalloc advisor mode"), cl::values(clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Default, "default", "Default"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Release, "release", "precompiled"), clEnumValN(RegAllocEvictionAdvisorAnalysisLegacy::AdvisorMode::Development, "development", "for training")))
static Type * getValueType(Value *V, bool LookThroughCmp=false)
Returns the "element type" of the given value/instruction V.
This file defines the SmallVector class.
static TableGen::Emitter::Opt Y("gen-skeleton-entry", EmitSkeleton, "Generate example skeleton entry")
static SymbolRef::Type getType(const Symbol *Sym)
Definition TapiFile.cpp:39
static SDValue scalarizeVectorStore(StoreSDNode *Store, MVT StoreVT, SelectionDAG &DAG)
Scalarize a vector store, bitcasting to TargetVT to determine the scalar type.
Value * RHS
Value * LHS
Class for arbitrary precision integers.
Definition APInt.h:78
unsigned getBitWidth() const
Return the number of bits in the APInt.
Definition APInt.h:1513
Represent a constant reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:40
A cache of @llvm.assume calls within a function.
An instruction that atomically checks whether a specified value is in a memory location,...
an instruction that atomically reads a memory location, combines it with another value,...
bool isFloatingPointOperation() const
BinOp getOperation() const
This class holds the attributes for a particular argument, parameter, function, or return value.
Definition Attributes.h:407
LLVM_ABI bool getValueAsBool() const
Return the attribute's value as a boolean.
BlockFrequencyInfo pass uses BlockFrequencyInfoImpl implementation to estimate IR basic block frequen...
CCState - This class holds information needed while lowering arguments and return values.
CCValAssign - Represent assignment of one arg/retval to a location.
Base class for all callable instructions (InvokeInst and CallInst) Holds everything related to callin...
This class represents a function call, abstracting a target machine's calling convention.
This is the shared class of boolean and integer constants.
Definition Constants.h:87
This class represents a range of values.
This is an important base class in LLVM.
Definition Constant.h:43
A parsed version of the target data layout string in and methods for querying it.
Definition DataLayout.h:64
unsigned size() const
Definition DenseMap.h:172
constexpr bool isScalar() const
Exactly one element.
Definition TypeSize.h:320
This is a fast-path instruction selection class that generates poor code and doesn't support illegal ...
Definition FastISel.h:67
FunctionLoweringInfo - This contains information that is global to a function that is used when lower...
Class to represent function types.
unsigned getNumParams() const
Return the number of fixed parameters this function type requires.
bool isVarArg() const
Attribute getFnAttribute(Attribute::AttrKind Kind) const
Return the attribute for the given attribute kind.
Definition Function.cpp:758
Common base class shared among various IRBuilders.
Definition IRBuilder.h:114
A wrapper class for inspecting calls to intrinsic functions.
static LLT integer(unsigned SizeInBits)
This is an important class for using LLVM in a threaded context.
Definition LLVMContext.h:68
Tracks which library functions to use for a particular subtarget.
An instruction for reading from memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::LOAD nodes.
Represents a single loop in the control flow graph.
Definition LoopInfo.h:40
Context object for machine code objects.
Definition MCContext.h:83
Base class for the full range of assembler expressions which are needed for parsing.
Definition MCExpr.h:34
MCRegisterClass - Base class of TargetRegisterClass.
Machine Value Type.
@ INVALID_SIMPLE_VALUE_TYPE
SimpleValueType SimpleTy
uint64_t getScalarSizeInBits() const
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
bool isPow2VectorType() const
Returns true if the given vector is a power of 2.
ElementCount getVectorElementCount() const
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
bool isValid() const
Return true if this is a valid simple valuetype.
static MVT getIntegerVT(unsigned BitWidth)
Instructions::iterator instr_iterator
Representation of each machine instruction.
A description of a memory reference used in the backend.
Flags
Flags values. These may be or'd together.
MachineRegisterInfo - Keep track of information for virtual and physical registers,...
LLVM_ABI bool hasOneNonDBGUse(Register RegNo) const
hasOneNonDBGUse - Return true if there is exactly one non-Debug use of the specified register.
This is an abstract virtual class for memory operations.
A Module instance is used to store all the information related to an LLVM module.
Definition Module.h:67
Represent a mutable reference to an array (0 or more elements consecutively in memory),...
Definition ArrayRef.h:294
A discriminated union of two or more pointer types, with the discriminator in the low bits of the poi...
Analysis providing profile information.
Wrapper class representing virtual and physical registers.
Definition Register.h:20
Wrapper class for IR location info (IR ordering and DebugLoc) to be passed into SDNode creation funct...
Represents one node in the SelectionDAG.
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one use of this node.
bool use_empty() const
Return true if there are no uses of this node.
Unlike LLVM values, Selection DAG nodes may return multiple values as the result of a computation.
SDNode * getNode() const
get the SDNode which holds the desired result
bool hasOneUse() const
Return true if there is exactly one node using value ResNo of Node, in exactly one operand.
EVT getValueType() const
Return the ValueType of the referenced return value.
const SDValue & getOperand(unsigned i) const
unsigned getOpcode() const
This is used to represent a portion of an LLVM function in a low-level Data Dependence DAG representa...
LLVM_ABI SDValue getConstantFP(double Val, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, bool isTarget=false)
Create a ConstantFPSDNode wrapping a constant value.
const DataLayout & getDataLayout() const
LLVM_ABI void RemoveDeadNode(SDNode *N)
Remove the specified node from the system.
LLVM_ABI SDValue getNode(unsigned Opcode, const SDLoc &DL, EVT VT, ArrayRef< SDUse > Ops)
Gets or creates the specified node.
LLVMContext * getContext() const
This instruction constructs a fixed permutation of two input vectors.
This class consists of common code factored out of the SmallVector class to reduce code duplication b...
This is a 'vector' (really, a variable-sized array), optimized for the case when the array is small.
An instruction for storing to memory.
This class is used to represent ISD::STORE nodes.
Represent a constant reference to a string, i.e.
Definition StringRef.h:56
Multiway switch.
TargetInstrInfo - Interface to description of machine instruction set.
Provides information about what library functions are available for the current target.
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node=SDValue())
ArgListEntry(Value *Val, SDValue Node, Type *Ty)
Type * Ty
Same as OrigTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
Type * OrigTy
Original unlegalized argument type.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
void setTypeAction(MVT VT, LegalizeTypeAction Action)
This base class for TargetLowering contains the SelectionDAG-independent parts that can be used from ...
virtual Value * emitStoreConditional(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Value *Val, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a store-conditional operation to Addr.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, EVT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
bool isOperationExpand(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is illegal on this target or unlikely to be made legal with cu...
EVT getMemValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(LLT Ty) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual void emitBitTestAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a bit test atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool requiresUniformRegister(MachineFunction &MF, const Value *) const
Allows target to decide about the register class of the specific value that is live outside the defin...
void setBooleanVectorContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of a vector boolean value from a vector of i1 to a wider ty...
virtual unsigned getVaListSizeInBits(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the size of the platform's va_list object.
virtual bool lowerDeinterleaveIntrinsicToLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, IntrinsicInst *DI, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower a deinterleave intrinsic to a target specific load intrinsic.
void setOperationAction(unsigned Op, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified operation does not work with the specified type and indicate what to do a...
virtual bool preferSextInRegOfTruncate(EVT TruncVT, EVT VT, EVT ExtVT) const
virtual bool decomposeMulByConstant(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, SDValue C) const
Return true if it is profitable to transform an integer multiplication-by-constant into simpler opera...
void setMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool hasAndNot(SDValue X) const
Return true if the target has a bitwise and-not operation: X = ~A & B This can be used to simplify se...
ReciprocalEstimate
Reciprocal estimate status values used by the functions below.
bool PredictableSelectIsExpensive
Tells the code generator that select is more expensive than a branch if the branch is usually predict...
virtual bool isShuffleMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Targets can use this to indicate that they only support some VECTOR_SHUFFLE operations,...
virtual bool enableAggressiveFMAFusion(EVT VT) const
Return true if target always benefits from combining into FMA for a given value type.
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingOperationSupported(ComplexDeinterleavingOperation Operation, Type *Ty) const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving with the given operation and type.
virtual bool shouldRemoveRedundantExtend(SDValue Op) const
Return true (the default) if it is profitable to remove a sext_inreg(x) where the sext is redundant,...
bool isIndexedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
SDValue promoteTargetBoolean(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Bool, EVT ValVT) const
Promote the given target boolean to a target boolean of the given type.
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDNode *N) const
Returns true if be combined with to form an ISD::FMAD.
virtual bool shouldReduceLoadWidth(SDNode *Load, ISD::LoadExtType ExtTy, EVT NewVT, std::optional< unsigned > ByteOffset=std::nullopt) const
Return true if it is profitable to reduce a load to a smaller type.
virtual bool hasStandaloneRem(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target can handle a standalone remainder operation.
virtual bool isExtFreeImpl(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
EVT getValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the EVT corresponding to this LLVM type.
LegalizeAction
This enum indicates whether operations are valid for a target, and if not, what action should be used...
virtual bool shouldExpandBuildVectorWithShuffles(EVT, unsigned DefinedValues) const
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
virtual bool isSelectSupported(SelectSupportKind) const
CallingConv::ID getLibcallCallingConv(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpyOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
MachineBasicBlock * emitPatchPoint(MachineInstr &MI, MachineBasicBlock *MBB) const
Replace/modify any TargetFrameIndex operands with a targte-dependent sequence of memory operands that...
virtual bool isEqualityCmpFoldedWithSignedCmp() const
Return true if instruction generated for equality comparison is folded with instruction generated for...
virtual bool preferSelectsOverBooleanArithmetic(EVT VT) const
Should we prefer selects to doing arithmetic on boolean types.
virtual bool isLegalICmpImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal icmp immediate, that is the target has icmp instructi...
virtual bool convertSetCCLogicToBitwiseLogic(EVT VT) const
Use bitwise logic to make pairs of compares more efficient.
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRegClassFor(MVT VT, bool isDivergent=false) const
Return the register class that should be used for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFormOverflowOp(unsigned Opcode, EVT VT, bool MathUsed) const
Try to convert math with an overflow comparison into the corresponding DAG node operation.
ShiftLegalizationStrategy
Return the preferred strategy to legalize tihs SHIFT instruction, with ExpansionFactor being the recu...
virtual bool isVectorLoadExtDesirable(SDValue ExtVal) const
Return true if folding a vector load into ExtVal (a sign, zero, or any extend node) is profitable.
virtual bool isMaskAndCmp0FoldingBeneficial(const Instruction &AndI) const
Return if the target supports combining a chain like:
virtual Value * createComplexDeinterleavingIR(IRBuilderBase &B, ComplexDeinterleavingOperation OperationType, ComplexDeinterleavingRotation Rotation, Value *InputA, Value *InputB, Value *Accumulator=nullptr) const
Create the IR node for the given complex deinterleaving operation.
virtual bool shouldConvertConstantLoadToIntImm(const APInt &Imm, Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is beneficial to convert a load of a constant to just the constant itself.
virtual MVT::SimpleValueType getCmpLibcallReturnType() const
Return the ValueType for comparison libcalls.
virtual bool isSupportedFixedPointOperation(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Custom method defined by each target to indicate if an operation which may require a scale is support...
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
unsigned getMaximumLegalStoreInBits() const
Return maximum known-legal store size, which can be guaranteed for scalable vectors.
virtual bool shouldOptimizeMulOverflowWithZeroHighBits(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicRMWInIR(const AtomicRMWInst *RMW) const
Returns how the IR-level AtomicExpand pass should expand the given AtomicRMW, if at all.
virtual Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference(SDNode *) const
Some scheduler, e.g.
virtual MachineInstr * EmitKCFICheck(MachineBasicBlock &MBB, MachineBasicBlock::instr_iterator &MBBI, const TargetInstrInfo *TII) const
void setMinStackArgumentAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
bool isExtLoad(const LoadInst *Load, const Instruction *Ext, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if Load and Ext can form an ExtLoad.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(MVT VT) const
virtual bool isLegalScaleForGatherScatter(uint64_t Scale, uint64_t ElemSize) const
EVT getTypeToExpandTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
virtual bool isSExtCheaperThanZExt(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
Return true if sign-extension from FromTy to ToTy is cheaper than zero-extension.
virtual bool shouldInsertFencesForAtomic(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert fences and reduce ordering for this atomic.
virtual AtomicOrdering atomicOperationOrderAfterFenceSplit(const Instruction *I) const
MVT getVectorIdxTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: ISD::INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, ISD::EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT...
bool isOperationExpandOrLibCall(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(LLT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
LLT handling variant.
virtual bool isSafeMemOpType(MVT) const
Returns true if it's safe to use load / store of the specified type to expand memcpy / memset inline.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicCmpXchg(AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI) const
Perform a cmpxchg expansion using a target-specific method.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicRMWArg(unsigned Op) const
Returns how the platform's atomic rmw operations expect their input argument to be extended (ZERO_EXT...
const TargetMachine & getTargetMachine() const
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmp
Specify maximum number of load instructions per memcmp call.
virtual unsigned getNumRegistersForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain targets require unusual breakdowns of certain types.
bool rangeFitsInWord(const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Check whether the range [Low,High] fits in a machine word.
virtual bool isCtpopFast(EVT VT) const
Return true if ctpop instruction is fast.
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const Instruction &I) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store instructions and add target-specific MachineMemOperand fl...
unsigned MaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy
Specify max number of store instructions to glue in inlined memcpy.
virtual bool isZExtFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if any actual instruction that defines a value of type FromTy implicitly zero-extends the...
bool isPaddedAtMostSignificantBitsWhenStored(EVT VT) const
Indicates if any padding is guaranteed to go at the most significant bits when storing the type to me...
virtual MVT getRegisterTypeForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT) const
Certain combinations of ABIs, Targets and features require that types are legal for some operations a...
void setOperationPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
Convenience method to set an operation to Promote and specify the type in a single call.
LegalizeTypeAction
This enum indicates whether a types are legal for a target, and if not, what action should be used to...
virtual bool useStackGuardMixFP() const
If this function returns true, stack protection checks should mix the frame pointer (or whichever poi...
unsigned getMinCmpXchgSizeInBits() const
Returns the size of the smallest cmpxchg or ll/sc instruction the backend supports.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicRMWIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicRMWInst *AI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *Incr, Value *Mask, Value *ShiftAmt, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked atomicrmw using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool areJTsAllowed(const Function *Fn) const
Return true if lowering to a jump table is allowed.
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setTruncStoreAction...
bool enableExtLdPromotion() const
Return true if the target wants to use the optimization that turns ext(promotableInst1(....
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const MachineInstr &MI, unsigned Opcode, LLT DestTy, LLT SrcTy) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
void setIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked load does or does not work with the specified type and ind...
void setMaxBytesForAlignment(unsigned MaxBytes)
bool isOperationLegalOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal using promotion.
void setHasExtractBitsInsn(bool hasExtractInsn=true)
Tells the code generator that the target has BitExtract instructions.
void addBypassSlowDiv(unsigned int SlowBitWidth, unsigned int FastBitWidth)
Tells the code generator which bitwidths to bypass.
virtual bool hasBitTest(SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target has a bit-test instruction: (X & (1 << Y)) ==/!= 0 This knowledge can be us...
MVT getRegisterType(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicCmpXchgInIR(const AtomicCmpXchgInst *AI) const
Returns how the given atomic cmpxchg should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
virtual bool needsFixedCatchObjects() const
EVT getLegalTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Perform getTypeToTransformTo repeatedly until a legal type is obtained.
virtual Value * emitLoadLinked(IRBuilderBase &Builder, Type *ValueTy, Value *Addr, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a load-linked operation on Addr, returning a "Value *" with the corresponding pointee type.
void setMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
const LibcallLoweringInfo & getLibcallLoweringInfo() const
virtual unsigned getNumRegisters(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, std::optional< MVT > RegisterVT=std::nullopt) const
Return the number of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCttz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic cttz.
unsigned getMinimumBitTestCmps() const
Retuen the minimum of largest number of comparisons in BitTest.
bool isJumpExpensive() const
Return true if Flow Control is an expensive operation that should be avoided.
virtual bool useFPRegsForHalfType() const
LegalizeAction getCondCodeAction(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return how the condition code should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be expanded to some oth...
bool hasExtractBitsInsn() const
Return true if the target has BitExtract instructions.
virtual bool isLoadBitCastBeneficial(EVT LoadVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: fold (conv (load x)) -> (load (conv*)x) On arch...
LegalizeAction getIndexedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed store should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger ...
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed load does or does not work with the specified type and indicate w...
CallingConv::ID getLibcallImplCallingConv(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call) const
Get the CallingConv that should be used for the specified libcall implementation.
void setPrefLoopAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred loop alignment.
virtual bool areTwoSDNodeTargetMMOFlagsMergeable(const MemSDNode &NodeX, const MemSDNode &NodeY) const
Return true if it is valid to merge the TargetMMOFlags in two SDNodes.
virtual bool isCommutativeBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Returns true if the opcode is a commutative binary operation.
void setMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported(unsigned SizeInBits)
Set the maximum atomic operation size supported by the backend.
virtual bool isFPImmLegal(const APFloat &, EVT, bool ForCodeSize=false) const
Returns true if the target can instruction select the specified FP immediate natively.
LegalizeAction getTruncStoreAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return how this store with truncation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to ...
virtual unsigned getPreferredFPToIntOpcode(unsigned Op, EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
virtual bool isExtractVecEltCheap(EVT VT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if extraction of a scalar element from the given vector type at the given index is cheap.
void setOperationAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool optimizeFMulOrFDivAsShiftAddBitcast(SDNode *N, SDValue FPConst, SDValue IntPow2) const
SelectSupportKind
Enum that describes what type of support for selects the target has.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getMemcpyImpl() const
LegalizeAction getIndexedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
virtual bool shouldTransformSignedTruncationCheck(EVT XVT, unsigned KeptBits) const
Should we tranform the IR-optimal check for whether given truncation down into KeptBits would be trun...
virtual bool isFPExtFoldable(const SelectionDAG &DAG, unsigned Opcode, EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation input to an Opcode operation is free (for instance,...
bool isLegalRC(const TargetRegisterInfo &TRI, const TargetRegisterClass &RC) const
Return true if the value types that can be represented by the specified register class are all legal.
virtual TargetLoweringBase::LegalizeTypeAction getPreferredVectorAction(MVT VT) const
Return the preferred vector type legalization action.
virtual bool allowTruncateForTailCall(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if a truncation from FromTy to ToTy is permitted when deciding whether a call is in tail ...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Let target indicate that an extending atomic load of the specified type is legal.
virtual bool shouldExtendGSIndex(EVT VT, EVT &EltTy) const
Returns true if the index type for a masked gather/scatter requires extending.
virtual unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdownForCallingConv(LLVMContext &Context, CallingConv::ID CC, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Certain targets such as MIPS require that some types such as vectors are always broken down into scal...
Register getStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore() const
If a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm.restorestack should save...
virtual StringRef getStackProbeSymbolName(const MachineFunction &MF) const
LegalizeAction getFixedPointOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT, unsigned Scale) const
Some fixed point operations may be natively supported by the target but only for specific scales.
virtual bool preferScalarizeSplat(SDNode *N) const
bool isIndexedMaskedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicOps() const
Returns how the platform's atomic operations are extended (ZERO_EXTEND, SIGN_EXTEND,...
Sched::Preference getSchedulingPreference() const
Return target scheduling preference.
virtual bool allowsMisalignedMemoryAccesses(EVT, unsigned AddrSpace=0, Align Alignment=Align(1), MachineMemOperand::Flags Flags=MachineMemOperand::MONone, unsigned *=nullptr) const
Determine if the target supports unaligned memory accesses.
virtual LLT getOptimalMemOpLLT(const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
LLT returning variant.
void setMinFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's minimum function alignment.
bool isOperationCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the operation uses custom lowering, regardless of whether the type is legal or not.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicRMW(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw expansion using a target-specific way.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemsetOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool reduceSelectOfFPConstantLoads(EVT CmpOpVT) const
Return true if it is profitable to convert a select of FP constants into a constant pool load whose a...
bool hasBigEndianPartOrdering(EVT VT, const DataLayout &DL) const
When splitting a value of the specified type into parts, does the Lo or Hi part come first?
virtual bool hasStackProbeSymbol(const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns the name of the symbol used to emit stack probes or the empty string if not applicable.
bool isSlowDivBypassed() const
Returns true if target has indicated at least one type should be bypassed.
virtual Align getABIAlignmentForCallingConv(Type *ArgTy, const DataLayout &DL) const
Certain targets have context sensitive alignment requirements, where one type has the alignment requi...
virtual bool isExtractSubvectorCheap(EVT ResVT, EVT SrcVT, unsigned Index) const
Return true if EXTRACT_SUBVECTOR is cheap for extracting this result type from this source type with ...
virtual bool isMulAddWithConstProfitable(SDValue AddNode, SDValue ConstNode) const
Return true if it may be profitable to transform (mul (add x, c1), c2) -> (add (mul x,...
virtual bool shouldExtendTypeInLibCall(EVT Type) const
Returns true if arguments should be extended in lib calls.
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent Ty)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
bool isPartialReduceMLALegalOrCustom(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return true if a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with the specified types is legal or custom for this targ...
virtual bool isFsqrtCheap(SDValue X, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return true if SQRT(X) shouldn't be replaced with X*RSQRT(X).
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmove
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memmove call.
virtual bool shouldNormalizeToSelectSequence(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT CCVT) const
Returns true if we should normalize select(N0&N1, X, Y) => select(N0, select(N1, X,...
bool isSuitableForBitTests(const DenseMap< const BasicBlock *, unsigned int > &DestCmps, const APInt &Low, const APInt &High, const DataLayout &DL) const
Return true if lowering to a bit test is suitable for a set of case clusters which contains NumDests ...
virtual bool shouldExpandGetActiveLaneMask(EVT VT, EVT OpVT) const
Return true if the @llvm.get.active.lane.mask intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Sele...
virtual bool shallExtractConstSplatVectorElementToStore(Type *VectorTy, unsigned ElemSizeInBits, unsigned &Index) const
Return true if the target shall perform extract vector element and store given that the vector is kno...
virtual bool isTruncateFree(Type *FromTy, Type *ToTy) const
Return true if it's free to truncate a value of type FromTy to type ToTy.
virtual bool hasMultipleConditionRegisters(EVT VT) const
Does the target have multiple (allocatable) condition registers that can be used to store the results...
unsigned getMaxExpandSizeMemcmp(bool OptSize) const
Get maximum # of load operations permitted for memcmp.
bool isStrictFPEnabled() const
Return true if the target support strict float operation.
virtual bool shouldAvoidTransformToShift(EVT VT, unsigned Amount) const
Return true if creating a shift of the type by the given amount is not profitable.
virtual bool shouldPreservePtrArith(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if target has some particular form of dealing with pointer arithmetic semantics for pointers wit...
virtual bool isFPExtFree(EVT DestVT, EVT SrcVT) const
Return true if an fpext operation is free (for instance, because single-precision floating-point numb...
virtual EVT getSetCCResultType(const DataLayout &DL, LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return the ValueType of the result of SETCC operations.
virtual bool lowerInterleavedStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ShuffleVectorInst *SVI, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved store to target specific intrinsics.
virtual EVT getTypeToTransformTo(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
For types supported by the target, this is an identity function.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemmoveOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithSingleBitTest(EVT VT, const APInt &AndMask) const
MVT getSimpleValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
Return the MVT corresponding to this LLVM type. See getValueType.
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(bool isVec, bool isFloat) const
For targets without i1 registers, this gives the nature of the high-bits of boolean values held in ty...
virtual bool shouldReassociateReduction(unsigned RedOpc, EVT VT) const
void addRegisterClass(MVT VT, const TargetRegisterClass *RC)
Add the specified register class as an available regclass for the specified value type.
virtual CondMergingParams getJumpConditionMergingParams(Instruction::BinaryOps, const Value *, const Value *, const Function *) const
bool isCondCodeLegal(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal for a comparison of the specified types on this ...
virtual bool canCombineStoreAndExtract(Type *VectorTy, Value *Idx, unsigned &Cost) const
Return true if the target can combine store(extractelement VectorTy,Idx).
bool isTypeLegal(EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type.
virtual bool shouldFoldConstantShiftPairToMask(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to fold a pair of shifts into a mask.
MVT getProgramPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for code pointers, which is determined by the program address space specified through...
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed store does or does not work with the specified type and indicate ...
virtual void emitAtomicCmpXchgNoStoreLLBalance(IRBuilderBase &Builder) const
void setSupportsUnalignedAtomics(bool UnalignedSupported)
Sets whether unaligned atomic operations are supported.
void setLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, ArrayRef< MVT > MemVTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual void emitExpandAtomicStore(StoreInst *SI) const
Perform a atomic store using a target-specific way.
virtual bool preferIncOfAddToSubOfNot(EVT VT) const
These two forms are equivalent: sub y, (xor x, -1) add (add x, 1), y The variant with two add's is IR...
virtual bool ShouldShrinkFPConstant(EVT) const
If true, then instruction selection should seek to shrink the FP constant of the specified type to a ...
virtual MVT getPointerTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the data layou...
void setPrefFunctionAlignment(Align Alignment)
Set the target's preferred function alignment.
unsigned getMaxDivRemBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum div/rem the backend supports.
virtual bool isLegalAddImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal add immediate, that is the target has add instruction...
virtual unsigned getMaxSupportedInterleaveFactor() const
Get the maximum supported factor for interleaved memory accesses.
bool isOperationLegal(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target.
virtual bool shouldKeepZExtForFP16Conv() const
Does this target require the clearing of high-order bits in a register passed to the fp16 to fp conve...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicRMWIInIR(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
Returns how the given atomic atomicrmw should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setIndexedMaskedStoreAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified indexed masked store does or does not work with the specified type and in...
virtual bool canTransformPtrArithOutOfBounds(const Function &F, EVT PtrVT) const
True if the target allows transformations of in-bounds pointer arithmetic that cause out-of-bounds in...
virtual bool shouldConsiderGEPOffsetSplit() const
const ValueTypeActionImpl & getValueTypeActions() const
virtual bool canCombineTruncStore(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, bool LegalOnly) const
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetMachine &TM, const TargetSubtargetInfo &STI)
NOTE: The TargetMachine owns TLOF.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemset
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memset call.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if truncating the specific node Val to type VT2 is free.
virtual bool shouldExpandVectorMatch(EVT VT, unsigned SearchSize) const
Return true if the @llvm.experimental.vector.match intrinsic should be expanded for vector type ‘VT’ ...
virtual bool isProfitableToCombineMinNumMaxNum(EVT VT) const
virtual unsigned getCustomCtpopCost(EVT VT, ISD::CondCode Cond) const
Return the maximum number of "x & (x - 1)" operations that can be done instead of deferring to a cust...
virtual bool shouldProduceAndByConstByHoistingConstFromShiftsLHSOfAnd(SDValue X, ConstantSDNode *XC, ConstantSDNode *CC, SDValue Y, unsigned OldShiftOpcode, unsigned NewShiftOpcode, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Given the pattern (X & (C l>>/<< Y)) ==/!= 0 return true if it should be transformed into: ((X <</l>>...
virtual bool shouldInsertTrailingSeqCstFenceForAtomicStore(const Instruction *I) const
Whether AtomicExpandPass should automatically insert a seq_cst trailing fence without reducing the or...
virtual bool isFNegFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fneg operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treate...
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
void setTruncStoreAction(MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified truncating store does not work with the specified type and indicate what ...
bool isExtFree(const Instruction *I) const
Return true if the extension represented by I is free.
virtual MVT getFenceOperandTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for operands of fence.
virtual Value * emitMaskedAtomicCmpXchgIntrinsic(IRBuilderBase &Builder, AtomicCmpXchgInst *CI, Value *AlignedAddr, Value *CmpVal, Value *NewVal, Value *Mask, AtomicOrdering Ord) const
Perform a masked cmpxchg using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool isZExtFree(EVT FromTy, EVT ToTy) const
virtual ISD::NodeType getExtendForAtomicCmpSwapArg() const
Returns how the platform's atomic compare and swap expects its comparison value to be extended (ZERO_...
virtual bool shouldFoldSelectWithIdentityConstant(unsigned BinOpcode, EVT VT, unsigned SelectOpcode, SDValue X, SDValue Y) const
Return true if pulling a binary operation into a select with an identity constant is profitable.
BooleanContent
Enum that describes how the target represents true/false values.
virtual bool shouldExpandGetVectorLength(EVT CountVT, unsigned VF, bool IsScalable) const
virtual bool isIntDivCheap(EVT VT, AttributeList Attr) const
Return true if integer divide is usually cheaper than a sequence of several shifts,...
virtual ShiftLegalizationStrategy preferredShiftLegalizationStrategy(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDNode *N, unsigned ExpansionFactor) const
virtual uint8_t getRepRegClassCostFor(MVT VT) const
Return the cost of the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isZExtFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
bool isOperationLegalOrCustom(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
LegalizeAction getPartialReduceMLAAction(unsigned Opc, EVT AccVT, EVT InputVT) const
Return how a PARTIAL_REDUCE_U/SMLA node with Acc type AccVT and Input type InputVT should be treated.
bool isPredictableSelectExpensive() const
Return true if selects are only cheaper than branches if the branch is unlikely to be predicted right...
virtual bool mergeStoresAfterLegalization(EVT MemVT) const
Allow store merging for the specified type after legalization in addition to before legalization.
virtual bool shouldIssueAtomicLoadForAtomicEmulationLoop(void) const
virtual bool shouldMergeStoreOfLoadsOverCall(EVT, EVT) const
Returns true if it's profitable to allow merging store of loads when there are functions calls betwee...
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getSupportedLibcallImpl(StringRef FuncName) const
Check if this is valid libcall for the current module, otherwise RTLIB::Unsupported.
virtual bool isProfitableToHoist(Instruction *I) const
unsigned getGatherAllAliasesMaxDepth() const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomOperationAction(SDNode &Op) const
How to legalize this custom operation?
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const Function &F, Type *) const
IR version.
virtual bool hasAndNotCompare(SDValue Y) const
Return true if the target should transform: (X & Y) == Y ---> (~X & Y) == 0 (X & Y) !...
virtual bool storeOfVectorConstantIsCheap(bool IsZero, EVT MemVT, unsigned NumElem, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if it is expected to be cheaper to do a store of vector constant with the given size and ...
unsigned MaxLoadsPerMemcmpOptSize
Likewise for functions with the OptSize attribute.
virtual MVT hasFastEqualityCompare(unsigned NumBits) const
Return the preferred operand type if the target has a quick way to compare integer values of the give...
virtual const TargetRegisterClass * getRepRegClassFor(MVT VT) const
Return the 'representative' register class for the specified value type.
virtual bool isNarrowingProfitable(SDNode *N, EVT SrcVT, EVT DestVT) const
Return true if it's profitable to narrow operations of type SrcVT to DestVT.
LegalizeAction getLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return how this load with extension should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a ...
virtual bool isMultiStoresCheaperThanBitsMerge(EVT LTy, EVT HTy) const
Return true if it is cheaper to split the store of a merged int val from a pair of smaller values int...
TargetLoweringBase(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
virtual unsigned getMaxGluedStoresPerMemcpy() const
Get maximum # of store operations to be glued together.
virtual bool isBinOp(unsigned Opcode) const
Return true if the node is a math/logic binary operator.
virtual bool shouldFoldMaskToVariableShiftPair(SDValue X) const
There are two ways to clear extreme bits (either low or high): Mask: x & (-1 << y) (the instcombine c...
virtual bool alignLoopsWithOptSize() const
Should loops be aligned even when the function is marked OptSize (but not MinSize).
unsigned getMaxAtomicSizeInBitsSupported() const
Returns the maximum atomic operation size (in bits) supported by the backend.
bool isIndexedLoadLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
void setMinCmpXchgSizeInBits(unsigned SizeInBits)
Sets the minimum cmpxchg or ll/sc size supported by the backend.
virtual bool canMergeStoresTo(unsigned AS, EVT MemVT, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Returns if it's reasonable to merge stores to MemVT size.
void setPartialReduceMLAAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > Opcodes, MVT AccVT, MVT InputVT, LegalizeAction Action)
LegalizeAction getStrictFPOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
void setStackPointerRegisterToSaveRestore(Register R)
If set to a physical register, this specifies the register that llvm.savestack/llvm....
virtual bool preferABDSToABSWithNSW(EVT VT) const
void AddPromotedToType(unsigned Opc, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
If Opc/OrigVT is specified as being promoted, the promotion code defaults to trying a larger integer/...
virtual bool getAddrModeArguments(const IntrinsicInst *, SmallVectorImpl< Value * > &, Type *&) const
CodeGenPrepare sinks address calculations into the same BB as Load/Store instructions reading the add...
virtual bool hasInlineStackProbe(const MachineFunction &MF) const
AtomicExpansionKind
Enum that specifies what an atomic load/AtomicRMWInst is expanded to, if at all.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, MVT VT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified condition code is or isn't supported on the target and indicate what to d...
void setBooleanContents(BooleanContent IntTy, BooleanContent FloatTy)
Specify how the target extends the result of integer and floating point boolean values from i1 to a w...
const DenseMap< unsigned int, unsigned int > & getBypassSlowDivWidths() const
Returns map of slow types for division or remainder with corresponding fast types.
void setOperationPromotedToType(ArrayRef< unsigned > Ops, MVT OrigVT, MVT DestVT)
unsigned getMaxLargeFPConvertBitWidthSupported() const
Returns the size in bits of the maximum fp to/from int conversion the backend supports.
virtual bool isFMAFasterThanFMulAndFAdd(const MachineFunction &MF, LLT) const
Return true if an FMA operation is faster than a pair of fmul and fadd instructions.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(EVT FromVT, EVT ToVT) const
bool isTruncStoreLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation is legal on this target.
virtual bool isCheapToSpeculateCtlz(Type *Ty) const
Return true if it is cheap to speculate a call to intrinsic ctlz.
virtual void getTgtMemIntrinsic(SmallVectorImpl< IntrinsicInfo > &Infos, const CallBase &I, MachineFunction &MF, unsigned Intrinsic) const
Given an intrinsic, checks if on the target the intrinsic will need to map to a MemIntrinsicNode (tou...
virtual bool shouldExpandCttzElements(EVT VT) const
Return true if the @llvm.experimental.cttz.elts intrinsic should be expanded using generic code in Se...
virtual bool signExtendConstant(const ConstantInt *C) const
Return true if this constant should be sign extended when promoting to a larger type.
virtual bool lowerInterleaveIntrinsicToStore(Instruction *Store, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< Value * > InterleaveValues) const
Lower an interleave intrinsic to a target specific store intrinsic.
virtual bool isTruncateFree(LLT FromTy, LLT ToTy, LLVMContext &Ctx) const
AndOrSETCCFoldKind
Enum of different potentially desirable ways to fold (and/or (setcc ...), (setcc ....
virtual bool shouldScalarizeBinop(SDValue VecOp) const
Try to convert an extract element of a vector binary operation into an extract element followed by a ...
Align getPrefFunctionAlignment() const
Return the preferred function alignment.
RTLIB::LibcallImpl getLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall impl routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual void emitExpandAtomicLoad(LoadInst *LI) const
Perform a atomic load using a target-specific way.
Align getMinFunctionAlignment() const
Return the minimum function alignment.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldExpandAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be expanded by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl Call)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
void setTargetDAGCombine(ArrayRef< ISD::NodeType > NTs)
Targets should invoke this method for each target independent node that they want to provide a custom...
virtual bool isCtlzFast() const
Return true if ctlz instruction is fast.
virtual bool useSoftFloat() const
virtual bool isStoreBitCastBeneficial(EVT StoreVT, EVT BitcastVT, const SelectionDAG &DAG, const MachineMemOperand &MMO) const
Return true if the following transform is beneficial: (store (y (conv x)), y*)) -> (store x,...
BooleanContent getBooleanContents(EVT Type) const
virtual LegalizeAction getCustomLoadAction(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Returns an alternative action to use when the coarser lookups (configured through setLoadExtAction an...
bool isIndexedMaskedStoreLegal(unsigned IdxMode, EVT VT) const
Return true if the specified indexed load is legal on this target.
virtual int64_t getPreferredLargeGEPBaseOffset(int64_t MinOffset, int64_t MaxOffset) const
Return the prefered common base offset.
virtual bool isVectorClearMaskLegal(ArrayRef< int >, EVT) const
Similar to isShuffleMaskLegal.
LegalizeKind getTypeConversion(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return pair that represents the legalization kind (first) that needs to happen to EVT (second) in ord...
Align getMinStackArgumentAlignment() const
Return the minimum stack alignment of an argument.
virtual bool shouldUseStrictFP_TO_INT(EVT FpVT, EVT IntVT, bool IsSigned) const
Return true if it is more correct/profitable to use strict FP_TO_INT conversion operations - canonica...
void setLoadExtAction(unsigned ExtType, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
Indicate that the specified load with extension does not work with the specified type and indicate wh...
bool hasTargetDAGCombine(ISD::NodeType NT) const
If true, the target has custom DAG combine transformations that it can perform for the specified node...
void setLibcallImpl(RTLIB::Libcall Call, RTLIB::LibcallImpl Impl)
virtual bool fallBackToDAGISel(const Instruction &Inst) const
unsigned GatherAllAliasesMaxDepth
Depth that GatherAllAliases should continue looking for chain dependencies when trying to find a more...
virtual bool shouldSplatInsEltVarIndex(EVT) const
Return true if inserting a scalar into a variable element of an undef vector is more efficiently hand...
LegalizeAction getIndexedMaskedLoadAction(unsigned IdxMode, MVT VT) const
Return how the indexed load should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger s...
NegatibleCost
Enum that specifies when a float negation is beneficial.
LegalizeTypeAction getTypeAction(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT) const
Return how we should legalize values of this type, either it is already legal (return 'Legal') or we ...
virtual unsigned preferedOpcodeForCmpEqPiecesOfOperand(EVT VT, unsigned ShiftOpc, bool MayTransformRotate, const APInt &ShiftOrRotateAmt, const std::optional< APInt > &AndMask) const
virtual void emitCmpArithAtomicRMWIntrinsic(AtomicRMWInst *AI) const
Perform a atomicrmw which the result is only used by comparison, using a target-specific intrinsic.
virtual bool shouldSignExtendTypeInLibCall(Type *Ty, bool IsSigned) const
Returns true if arguments should be sign-extended in lib calls.
virtual Register getExceptionPointerRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception address on entry to an ...
virtual bool isFMADLegal(const MachineInstr &MI, LLT Ty) const
Returns true if MI can be combined with another instruction to form TargetOpcode::G_FMAD.
void setCondCodeAction(ArrayRef< ISD::CondCode > CCs, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
bool supportsUnalignedAtomics() const
Whether the target supports unaligned atomic operations.
const char * getLibcallName(RTLIB::Libcall Call) const
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall.
virtual bool isLegalAddScalableImmediate(int64_t) const
Return true if adding the specified scalable immediate is legal, that is the target has add instructi...
std::vector< ArgListEntry > ArgListTy
virtual bool shouldAlignPointerArgs(CallInst *, unsigned &, Align &) const
Return true if the pointer arguments to CI should be aligned by aligning the object whose address is ...
virtual bool hasVectorBlend() const
Return true if the target has a vector blend instruction.
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicStoreInIR(StoreInst *SI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) store should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass into.
bool isTruncStoreLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace) const
Return true if the specified store with truncation has solution on this target.
void setIndexedStoreAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool aggressivelyPreferBuildVectorSources(EVT VecVT) const
virtual MachineMemOperand::Flags getTargetMMOFlags(const MemSDNode &Node) const
This callback is used to inspect load/store SDNode.
virtual EVT getOptimalMemOpType(LLVMContext &Context, const MemOp &Op, const AttributeList &) const
Returns the target specific optimal type for load and store operations as a result of memset,...
virtual Type * shouldConvertSplatType(ShuffleVectorInst *SVI) const
Given a shuffle vector SVI representing a vector splat, return a new scalar type of size equal to SVI...
virtual bool isZExtFree(SDValue Val, EVT VT2) const
Return true if zero-extending the specific node Val to type VT2 is free (either because it's implicit...
void setAtomicLoadExtAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > ExtTypes, MVT ValVT, MVT MemVT, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual bool shouldRemoveExtendFromGSIndex(SDValue Extend, EVT DataVT) const
virtual LLVM_READONLY LLT getPreferredShiftAmountTy(LLT ShiftValueTy) const
Return the preferred type to use for a shift opcode, given the shifted amount type is ShiftValueTy.
bool isBeneficialToExpandPowI(int64_t Exponent, bool OptForSize) const
Return true if it is beneficial to expand an @llvm.powi.
LLT getVectorIdxLLT(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand of: G_INSERT_VECTOR_ELT, G_EXTRACT_VECTOR_ELT,...
virtual EVT getAsmOperandValueType(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, bool AllowUnknown=false) const
void setIndexedLoadAction(ArrayRef< unsigned > IdxModes, ArrayRef< MVT > VTs, LegalizeAction Action)
virtual AtomicExpansionKind shouldCastAtomicLoadInIR(LoadInst *LI) const
Returns how the given (atomic) load should be cast by the IR-level AtomicExpand pass.
bool isCondCodeLegalOrCustom(ISD::CondCode CC, MVT VT) const
Return true if the specified condition code is legal or custom for a comparison of the specified type...
virtual bool isComplexDeinterleavingSupported() const
Does this target support complex deinterleaving.
unsigned MaxStoresPerMemcpy
Specify maximum number of store instructions per memcpy call.
MVT getFrameIndexTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
Return the type for frame index, which is determined by the alloca address space specified through th...
virtual Register getExceptionSelectorRegister(const Constant *PersonalityFn) const
If a physical register, this returns the register that receives the exception typeid on entry to a la...
virtual MVT getPointerMemTy(const DataLayout &DL, uint32_t AS=0) const
Return the in-memory pointer type for the given address space, defaults to the pointer type from the ...
bool isLoadLegal(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal on this target.
void setSchedulingPreference(Sched::Preference Pref)
Specify the target scheduling preference.
virtual bool addressingModeSupportsTLS(const GlobalValue &) const
Returns true if the targets addressing mode can target thread local storage (TLS).
MVT getRegisterType(MVT VT) const
Return the type of registers that this ValueType will eventually require.
bool isLoadLegalOrCustom(EVT ValVT, EVT MemVT, Align Alignment, unsigned AddrSpace, unsigned ExtType, bool Atomic) const
Return true if the specified load with extension is legal or custom on this target.
virtual bool shouldConvertPhiType(Type *From, Type *To) const
Given a set in interconnected phis of type 'From' that are loaded/stored or bitcast to type 'To',...
virtual bool isFAbsFree(EVT VT) const
Return true if an fabs operation is free to the point where it is never worthwhile to replace it with...
virtual bool isLegalStoreImmediate(int64_t Value) const
Return true if the specified immediate is legal for the value input of a store instruction.
virtual bool preferZeroCompareBranch() const
Return true if the heuristic to prefer icmp eq zero should be used in code gen prepare.
LegalizeAction getOperationAction(unsigned Op, EVT VT) const
Return how this operation should be treated: either it is legal, needs to be promoted to a larger siz...
virtual bool lowerInterleavedLoad(Instruction *Load, Value *Mask, ArrayRef< ShuffleVectorInst * > Shuffles, ArrayRef< unsigned > Indices, unsigned Factor, const APInt &GapMask) const
Lower an interleaved load to target specific intrinsics.
virtual unsigned getVectorIdxWidth(const DataLayout &DL) const
Returns the type to be used for the index operand vector operations.
MVT getTypeToPromoteTo(unsigned Op, MVT VT) const
If the action for this operation is to promote, this method returns the ValueType to promote to.
virtual bool generateFMAsInMachineCombiner(EVT VT, CodeGenOptLevel OptLevel) const
virtual LoadInst * lowerIdempotentRMWIntoFencedLoad(AtomicRMWInst *RMWI) const
On some platforms, an AtomicRMW that never actually modifies the value (such as fetch_add of 0) can b...
virtual bool isLegalAddressingMode(const DataLayout &DL, const AddrMode &AM, Type *Ty, unsigned AddrSpace, Instruction *I=nullptr) const
Return true if the addressing mode represented by AM is legal for this target, for a load/store of th...
virtual bool hasPairedLoad(EVT, Align &) const
Return true if the target supplies and combines to a paired load two loaded values of type LoadedType...
virtual bool convertSelectOfConstantsToMath(EVT VT) const
Return true if a select of constants (select Cond, C1, C2) should be transformed into simple math ops...
bool isOperationLegalOrCustomOrPromote(unsigned Op, EVT VT, bool LegalOnly=false) const
Return true if the specified operation is legal on this target or can be made legal with custom lower...
unsigned getVectorTypeBreakdown(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, EVT &IntermediateVT, unsigned &NumIntermediates, MVT &RegisterVT) const
Vector types are broken down into some number of legal first class types.
virtual bool optimizeExtendOrTruncateConversion(Instruction *I, Loop *L, const TargetTransformInfo &TTI) const
Try to optimize extending or truncating conversion instructions (like zext, trunc,...
virtual MVT getVPExplicitVectorLengthTy() const
Returns the type to be used for the EVL/AVL operand of VP nodes: ISD::VP_ADD, ISD::VP_SUB,...
std::pair< LegalizeTypeAction, EVT > LegalizeKind
LegalizeKind holds the legalization kind that needs to happen to EVT in order to type-legalize it.
TargetLoweringBase & operator=(const TargetLoweringBase &)=delete
MulExpansionKind
Enum that specifies when a multiplication should be expanded.
static ISD::NodeType getExtendForContent(BooleanContent Content)
const RTLIB::RuntimeLibcallsInfo & getRuntimeLibcallsInfo() const
virtual bool shouldConvertFpToSat(unsigned Op, EVT FPVT, EVT VT) const
Should we generate fp_to_si_sat and fp_to_ui_sat from type FPVT to type VT.
virtual bool supportKCFIBundles() const
Return true if the target supports kcfi operand bundles.
virtual ConstraintWeight getMultipleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, int maIndex) const
Examine constraint type and operand type and determine a weight value.
SmallVector< ConstraintPair > ConstraintGroup
virtual SDValue getSqrtEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps, bool &UseOneConstNR, bool Reciprocal) const
Hooks for building estimates in place of slower divisions and square roots.
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const MachineInstr &MI, bool IsAfterLegal) const
GlobalISel - return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its oper...
virtual bool supportPtrAuthBundles() const
Return true if the target supports ptrauth operand bundles.
virtual void ReplaceNodeResults(SDNode *, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, SelectionDAG &) const
This callback is invoked when a node result type is illegal for the target, and the operation was reg...
virtual bool isUsedByReturnOnly(SDNode *, SDValue &) const
Return true if result of the specified node is used by a return node only.
virtual bool supportSwiftError() const
Return true if the target supports swifterror attribute.
virtual SDValue visitMaskedLoad(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue &NewLoad, SDValue Ptr, SDValue PassThru, SDValue Mask) const
virtual unsigned getPreferredShrunkVectorSizeInBits(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedElts) const
If only low elements of a vector are demanded, shrink the operation to the returned size in bits by c...
SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive.
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue N0, SDValue N1) const
virtual EVT getTypeForExtReturn(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, ISD::NodeType) const
Return the type that should be used to zero or sign extend a zeroext/signext integer return value.
SDValue getCheaperOrNeutralNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, const NegatibleCost CostThreshold=NegatibleCost::Neutral, unsigned Depth=0) const
virtual Register getRegisterByName(const char *RegName, LLT Ty, const MachineFunction &MF) const
Return the register ID of the name passed in.
virtual InlineAsm::ConstraintCode getInlineAsmMemConstraint(StringRef ConstraintCode) const
virtual bool targetShrinkDemandedConstant(SDValue Op, const APInt &DemandedBits, const APInt &DemandedElts, TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
std::vector< AsmOperandInfo > AsmOperandInfoVector
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalConstantNode(SDValue Op) const
Returns true if the given Opc is considered a canonical constant for the target, which should not be ...
virtual bool isTargetCanonicalSelect(SDNode *N) const
Return true if the given select/vselect should be considered canonical and not be transformed.
SDValue getCheaperNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, unsigned Depth=0) const
This is the helper function to return the newly negated expression only when the cost is cheaper.
virtual SDValue prepareVolatileOrAtomicLoad(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
This callback is used to prepare for a volatile or atomic load.
virtual SDValue emitStackGuardMixFP(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue Val, const SDLoc &DL) const
virtual SDValue lowerEHPadEntry(SDValue Chain, const SDLoc &DL, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Optional target hook to add target-specific actions when entering EH pad blocks.
virtual ConstraintType getConstraintType(StringRef Constraint) const
Given a constraint, return the type of constraint it is for this target.
virtual SDValue unwrapAddress(SDValue N) const
virtual bool splitValueIntoRegisterParts(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Val, SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific splitting of values into parts that fit a register storing a legal type.
virtual bool IsDesirableToPromoteOp(SDValue, EVT &) const
This method query the target whether it is beneficial for dag combiner to promote the specified node.
virtual SDValue joinRegisterPartsIntoValue(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, const SDValue *Parts, unsigned NumParts, MVT PartVT, EVT ValueVT, std::optional< CallingConv::ID > CC) const
Target-specific combining of register parts into its original value.
virtual void insertCopiesSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry, const SmallVectorImpl< MachineBasicBlock * > &Exits) const
Insert explicit copies in entry and exit blocks.
virtual SDValue LowerCall(CallLoweringInfo &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower calls into the specified DAG.
virtual bool isTypeDesirableForOp(unsigned, EVT VT) const
Return true if the target has native support for the specified value type and it is 'desirable' to us...
~TargetLowering() override
TargetLowering & operator=(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool isDesirableToPullExtFromShl(const MachineInstr &MI) const
GlobalISel - return true if it's profitable to perform the combine: shl ([sza]ext x),...
bool isPositionIndependent() const
std::pair< StringRef, TargetLowering::ConstraintType > ConstraintPair
virtual SDValue getNegatedExpression(SDValue Op, SelectionDAG &DAG, bool LegalOps, bool OptForSize, NegatibleCost &Cost, unsigned Depth=0) const
Return the newly negated expression if the cost is not expensive and set the cost in Cost to indicate...
virtual ConstraintWeight getSingleConstraintMatchWeight(AsmOperandInfo &info, const char *constraint) const
Examine constraint string and operand type and determine a weight value.
virtual bool isIndexingLegal(MachineInstr &MI, Register Base, Register Offset, bool IsPre, MachineRegisterInfo &MRI) const
Returns true if the specified base+offset is a legal indexed addressing mode for this target.
ConstraintGroup getConstraintPreferences(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo) const
Given an OpInfo with list of constraints codes as strings, return a sorted Vector of pairs of constra...
virtual void initializeSplitCSR(MachineBasicBlock *Entry) const
Perform necessary initialization to handle a subset of CSRs explicitly via copies.
virtual bool isSDNodeSourceOfDivergence(const SDNode *N, FunctionLoweringInfo *FLI, UniformityInfo *UA) const
virtual SDValue getRecipEstimate(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG, int Enabled, int &RefinementSteps) const
Return a reciprocal estimate value for the input operand.
virtual std::pair< unsigned, const TargetRegisterClass * > getRegForInlineAsmConstraint(const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, StringRef Constraint, MVT VT) const
Given a physical register constraint (e.g.
virtual bool isSDNodeAlwaysUniform(const SDNode *N) const
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteXorWithShift(const SDNode *N) const
Return true if it is profitable to combine an XOR of a logical shift to create a logical shift of NOT...
TargetLowering(const TargetLowering &)=delete
virtual bool shouldSimplifyDemandedVectorElts(SDValue Op, const TargetLoweringOpt &TLO) const
Return true if the target supports simplifying demanded vector elements by converting them to undefs.
virtual SDValue LowerFormalArguments(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::InputArg > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &, SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower the incoming (formal) arguments, described by the Ins array,...
virtual AsmOperandInfoVector ParseConstraints(const DataLayout &DL, const TargetRegisterInfo *TRI, const CallBase &Call) const
Split up the constraint string from the inline assembly value into the specific constraints and their...
virtual SDValue getSqrtResultForDenormInput(SDValue Operand, SelectionDAG &DAG) const
Return a target-dependent result if the input operand is not suitable for use with a square root esti...
virtual bool getPostIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if this node ...
virtual bool shouldSplitFunctionArgumentsAsLittleEndian(const DataLayout &DL) const
For most targets, an LLVM type must be broken down into multiple smaller types.
virtual ArrayRef< MCPhysReg > getRoundingControlRegisters() const
Returns a 0 terminated array of rounding control registers that can be attached into strict FP call.
virtual SDValue LowerReturn(SDValue, CallingConv::ID, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, const SmallVectorImpl< SDValue > &, const SDLoc &, SelectionDAG &) const
This hook must be implemented to lower outgoing return values, described by the Outs array,...
virtual bool functionArgumentNeedsConsecutiveRegisters(Type *Ty, CallingConv::ID CallConv, bool isVarArg, const DataLayout &DL) const
For some targets, an LLVM struct type must be broken down into multiple simple types,...
virtual bool isDesirableToCommuteWithShift(const SDNode *N, CombineLevel Level) const
Return true if it is profitable to move this shift by a constant amount through its operand,...
virtual void ComputeConstraintToUse(AsmOperandInfo &OpInfo, SDValue Op, SelectionDAG *DAG=nullptr) const
Determines the constraint code and constraint type to use for the specific AsmOperandInfo,...
virtual SDValue visitMaskedStore(SelectionDAG &DAG, const SDLoc &DL, SDValue Chain, MachineMemOperand *MMO, SDValue Ptr, SDValue Val, SDValue Mask) const
virtual const MCExpr * LowerCustomJumpTableEntry(const MachineJumpTableInfo *, const MachineBasicBlock *, unsigned, MCContext &) const
virtual bool useTopologicalSorting() const
virtual bool useLoadStackGuardNode(const Module &M) const
If this function returns true, SelectionDAGBuilder emits a LOAD_STACK_GUARD node when it is lowering ...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::Libcall LC, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
It is an error to pass RTLIB::UNKNOWN_LIBCALL as LC.
virtual FastISel * createFastISel(FunctionLoweringInfo &, const TargetLibraryInfo *, const LibcallLoweringInfo *) const
This method returns a target specific FastISel object, or null if the target does not support "fast" ...
virtual unsigned combineRepeatedFPDivisors() const
Indicate whether this target prefers to combine FDIVs with the same divisor.
virtual AndOrSETCCFoldKind isDesirableToCombineLogicOpOfSETCC(const SDNode *LogicOp, const SDNode *SETCC0, const SDNode *SETCC1) const
virtual void HandleByVal(CCState *, unsigned &, Align) const
Target-specific cleanup for formal ByVal parameters.
virtual const MCPhysReg * getScratchRegisters(CallingConv::ID CC) const
Returns a 0 terminated array of registers that can be safely used as scratch registers.
virtual bool getPreIndexedAddressParts(SDNode *, SDValue &, SDValue &, ISD::MemIndexedMode &, SelectionDAG &) const
Returns true by value, base pointer and offset pointer and addressing mode by reference if the node's...
SDValue getVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index, const SDNodeFlags PtrArithFlags=SDNodeFlags()) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
std::pair< SDValue, SDValue > makeLibCall(SelectionDAG &DAG, RTLIB::LibcallImpl LibcallImpl, EVT RetVT, ArrayRef< SDValue > Ops, MakeLibCallOptions CallOptions, const SDLoc &dl, SDValue Chain=SDValue()) const
Returns a pair of (return value, chain).
virtual bool supportSplitCSR(MachineFunction *MF) const
Return true if the target supports that a subset of CSRs for the given machine function is handled ex...
virtual bool isReassocProfitable(MachineRegisterInfo &MRI, Register N0, Register N1) const
virtual bool mayBeEmittedAsTailCall(const CallInst *) const
Return true if the target may be able emit the call instruction as a tail call.
virtual bool isInlineAsmTargetBranch(const SmallVectorImpl< StringRef > &AsmStrs, unsigned OpNo) const
On x86, return true if the operand with index OpNo is a CALL or JUMP instruction, which can use eithe...
SDValue getInboundsVectorElementPointer(SelectionDAG &DAG, SDValue VecPtr, EVT VecVT, SDValue Index) const
Get a pointer to vector element Idx located in memory for a vector of type VecVT starting at a base a...
virtual MVT getJumpTableRegTy(const DataLayout &DL) const
virtual void markLibCallAttributes(MachineFunction *MF, unsigned CC, ArgListTy &Args) const
virtual bool CanLowerReturn(CallingConv::ID, MachineFunction &, bool, const SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &, LLVMContext &, const Type *RetTy) const
This hook should be implemented to check whether the return values described by the Outs array can fi...
virtual bool isXAndYEqZeroPreferableToXAndYEqY(ISD::CondCode, EVT) const
virtual bool isDesirableToTransformToIntegerOp(unsigned, EVT) const
Return true if it is profitable for dag combiner to transform a floating point op of specified opcode...
Primary interface to the complete machine description for the target machine.
TargetRegisterInfo base class - We assume that the target defines a static array of TargetRegisterDes...
TargetSubtargetInfo - Generic base class for all target subtargets.
This pass provides access to the codegen interfaces that are needed for IR-level transformations.
Target - Wrapper for Target specific information.
The instances of the Type class are immutable: once they are created, they are never changed.
Definition Type.h:46
bool isVectorTy() const
True if this is an instance of VectorType.
Definition Type.h:288
bool isPointerTy() const
True if this is an instance of PointerType.
Definition Type.h:282
bool isFloatingPointTy() const
Return true if this is one of the floating-point types.
Definition Type.h:186
bool isIntegerTy() const
True if this is an instance of IntegerType.
Definition Type.h:257
This is the common base class for vector predication intrinsics.
LLVM Value Representation.
Definition Value.h:75
Type * getType() const
All values are typed, get the type of this value.
Definition Value.h:255
CallInst * Call
#define UINT64_MAX
Definition DataTypes.h:77
#define llvm_unreachable(msg)
Marks that the current location is not supposed to be reachable.
unsigned ID
LLVM IR allows to use arbitrary numbers as calling convention identifiers.
Definition CallingConv.h:24
@ Fast
Attempts to make calls as fast as possible (e.g.
Definition CallingConv.h:41
@ C
The default llvm calling convention, compatible with C.
Definition CallingConv.h:34
NodeType
ISD::NodeType enum - This enum defines the target-independent operators for a SelectionDAG.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:41
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SMLA
PARTIAL_REDUCE_[U|S]MLA(Accumulator, Input1, Input2) The partial reduction nodes sign or zero extend ...
@ SMUL_LOHI
SMUL_LOHI/UMUL_LOHI - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing a signed/unsigned value of type i[2...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:275
@ SMULFIX
RESULT = [US]MULFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point multiplication on 2 integers with the same...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:394
@ ADDC
Carry-setting nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:294
@ FMAD
FMAD - Perform a * b + c, while getting the same result as the separately rounded operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:524
@ ADD
Simple integer binary arithmetic operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:264
@ SMULFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:400
@ ANY_EXTEND
ANY_EXTEND - Used for integer types. The high bits are undefined.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:863
@ PSEUDO_FMIN
PSEUDO_FMIN is strictly equivalent to op0 olt op1 ?
@ FADD
Simple binary floating point operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:417
@ CLMUL
Carry-less multiplication operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:780
@ SDIVFIX
RESULT = [US]DIVFIX(LHS, RHS, SCALE) - Perform fixed point division on 2 integers with the same width...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:407
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_UMLA
@ SIGN_EXTEND
Conversion operators.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:854
@ AVGCEILS
AVGCEILS/AVGCEILU - Rounding averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+2],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:717
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_FMLA
@ BRIND
BRIND - Indirect branch.
@ BR_JT
BR_JT - Jumptable branch.
@ SSUBSAT
RESULT = [US]SUBSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation subtraction on 2 integers with the same bit width ...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:374
@ SPLAT_VECTOR
SPLAT_VECTOR(VAL) - Returns a vector with the scalar value VAL duplicated in all lanes.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:674
@ SADDO
RESULT, BOOL = [SU]ADDO(LHS, RHS) - Overflow-aware nodes for addition.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:348
@ MULHU
MULHU/MULHS - Multiply high - Multiply two integers of type iN, producing an unsigned/signed value of...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:706
@ SHL
Shift and rotation operations.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:771
@ FMINNUM_IEEE
FMINNUM_IEEE/FMAXNUM_IEEE - Perform floating-point minimumNumber or maximumNumber on two values,...
@ ZERO_EXTEND
ZERO_EXTEND - Used for integer types, zeroing the new bits.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:860
@ FMINNUM
FMINNUM/FMAXNUM - Perform floating-point minimum maximum on two values, following IEEE-754 definition...
@ SMIN
[US]{MIN/MAX} - Binary minimum or maximum of signed or unsigned integers.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:729
@ SDIVFIXSAT
Same as the corresponding unsaturated fixed point instructions, but the result is clamped between the...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:413
@ STRICT_FP_TO_UINT
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:480
@ STRICT_FP_TO_SINT
STRICT_FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:479
@ FMINIMUM
FMINIMUM/FMAXIMUM - NaN-propagating minimum/maximum that also treat -0.0 as less than 0....
@ FP_TO_SINT
FP_TO_[US]INT - Convert a floating point value to a signed or unsigned integer.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:936
@ AND
Bitwise operators - logical and, logical or, logical xor.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:741
@ AVGFLOORS
AVGFLOORS/AVGFLOORU - Averaging add - Add two integers using an integer of type i[N+1],...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:712
@ ADDE
Carry-using nodes for multiple precision addition and subtraction.
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:304
@ SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS
SPLAT_VECTOR_PARTS(SCALAR1, SCALAR2, ...) - Returns a vector with the scalar values joined together a...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:683
@ PARTIAL_REDUCE_SUMLA
@ SADDSAT
RESULT = [US]ADDSAT(LHS, RHS) - Perform saturation addition on 2 integers with the same bit width (W)...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:365
@ FMINIMUMNUM
FMINIMUMNUM/FMAXIMUMNUM - minimumnum/maximumnum that is same with FMINNUM_IEEE and FMAXNUM_IEEE besid...
@ ABDS
ABDS/ABDU - Absolute difference - Return the absolute difference between two numbers interpreted as s...
Definition ISDOpcodes.h:724
static const int LAST_LOADEXT_TYPE
MemIndexedMode
MemIndexedMode enum - This enum defines the load / store indexed addressing modes.
CondCode
ISD::CondCode enum - These are ordered carefully to make the bitfields below work out,...
LoadExtType
LoadExtType enum - This enum defines the three variants of LOADEXT (load with extension).
This namespace contains an enum with a value for every intrinsic/builtin function known by LLVM.
@ System
Synchronized with respect to all concurrently executing threads.
Definition LLVMContext.h:58
This namespace contains all of the command line option processing machinery.
Definition MCSchedule.h:35
This is an optimization pass for GlobalISel generic memory operations.
GenericUniformityInfo< SSAContext > UniformityInfo
@ Low
Lower the current thread's priority such that it does not affect foreground tasks significantly.
Definition Threading.h:280
@ Offset
Definition DWP.cpp:578
void fill(R &&Range, T &&Value)
Provide wrappers to std::fill which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1759
LLVM_ABI void GetReturnInfo(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ReturnType, AttributeList attr, SmallVectorImpl< ISD::OutputArg > &Outs, const TargetLowering &TLI, const DataLayout &DL)
Given an LLVM IR type and return type attributes, compute the return value EVTs and flags,...
InstructionCost Cost
@ Known
Known to have no common set bits.
decltype(auto) dyn_cast(const From &Val)
dyn_cast<X> - Return the argument parameter cast to the specified type.
Definition Casting.h:643
bool isAligned(Align Lhs, uint64_t SizeInBytes)
Checks that SizeInBytes is a multiple of the alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:134
@ Load
The value being inserted comes from a load (InsertElement only).
@ Store
The extracted value is stored (ExtractElement only).
constexpr int popcount(T Value) noexcept
Count the number of set bits in a value.
Definition bit.h:156
unsigned Log2_64(uint64_t Value)
Return the floor log base 2 of the specified value, -1 if the value is zero.
Definition MathExtras.h:338
LLVM_ABI bool isConstTrueVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Returns true if given the TargetLowering's boolean contents information, the value Val contains a tru...
Definition Utils.cpp:1604
FPClassTest
Floating-point class tests, supported by 'is_fpclass' intrinsic.
CodeGenOptLevel
Code generation optimization level.
Definition CodeGen.h:82
@ Default
-O2, -Os, -Oz
Definition CodeGen.h:85
bool isa(const From &Val)
isa<X> - Return true if the parameter to the template is an instance of one of the template type argu...
Definition Casting.h:547
LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_VISIBILITY_DEFAULT AnalysisKey InnerAnalysisManagerProxy< AnalysisManagerT, IRUnitT, ExtraArgTs... >::Key
AtomicOrdering
Atomic ordering for LLVM's memory model.
LLVM_ABI EVT getApproximateEVTForLLT(LLT Ty, LLVMContext &Ctx)
TargetTransformInfo TTI
CombineLevel
Definition DAGCombine.h:15
@ AfterLegalizeDAG
Definition DAGCombine.h:19
@ AfterLegalizeVectorOps
Definition DAGCombine.h:18
@ BeforeLegalizeTypes
Definition DAGCombine.h:16
uint16_t MCPhysReg
An unsigned integer type large enough to represent all physical registers, but not necessarily virtua...
Definition MCRegister.h:21
LLVM_ABI bool isInTailCallPosition(const CallBase &Call, const TargetMachine &TM, bool ReturnsFirstArg=false)
Test if the given instruction is in a position to be optimized with a tail-call.
Definition Analysis.cpp:539
DWARFExpression::Operation Op
LLVM_ABI bool isConstFalseVal(const TargetLowering &TLI, int64_t Val, bool IsVector, bool IsFP)
Definition Utils.cpp:1617
constexpr unsigned BitWidth
OutputIt move(R &&Range, OutputIt Out)
Provide wrappers to std::move which take ranges instead of having to pass begin/end explicitly.
Definition STLExtras.h:1917
UndefPoisonKind
Enumeration to track whether we are interested in Undef, Poison, or both.
Definition UndefPoison.h:20
static cl::opt< unsigned > CostThreshold("dfa-cost-threshold", cl::desc("Maximum cost accepted for the transformation"), cl::Hidden, cl::init(50))
MCRegisterClass TargetRegisterClass
Definition FastISel.h:58
LLVM_ABI void reportFatalUsageError(Error Err)
Report a fatal error that does not indicate a bug in LLVM.
Definition Error.cpp:177
Implement std::hash so that hash_code can be used in STL containers.
Definition BitVector.h:878
#define N
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (non-zero power of two) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:39
constexpr uint64_t value() const
This is a hole in the type system and should not be abused.
Definition Alignment.h:77
Represent subnormal handling kind for floating point instruction inputs and outputs.
Extended Value Type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:35
bool isSimple() const
Test if the given EVT is simple (as opposed to being extended).
Definition ValueTypes.h:145
static EVT getVectorVT(LLVMContext &Context, EVT VT, unsigned NumElements, bool IsScalable=false)
Returns the EVT that represents a vector NumElements in length, where each element is of type VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:70
bool bitsLT(EVT VT) const
Return true if this has less bits than VT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:323
bool isFloatingPoint() const
Return true if this is a FP or a vector FP type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:155
TypeSize getSizeInBits() const
Return the size of the specified value type in bits.
Definition ValueTypes.h:396
bool isByteSized() const
Return true if the bit size is a multiple of 8.
Definition ValueTypes.h:266
static LLVM_ABI EVT getEVT(Type *Ty, bool HandleUnknown=false)
Return the value type corresponding to the specified type.
MVT getSimpleVT() const
Return the SimpleValueType held in the specified simple EVT.
Definition ValueTypes.h:339
bool isVector() const
Return true if this is a vector value type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:176
bool isExtended() const
Test if the given EVT is extended (as opposed to being simple).
Definition ValueTypes.h:150
bool isScalarInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer, but not a vector.
Definition ValueTypes.h:165
bool isInteger() const
Return true if this is an integer or a vector integer type.
Definition ValueTypes.h:160
ConstraintInfo()=default
Default constructor.
This struct is a compact representation of a valid (power of two) or undefined (0) alignment.
Definition Alignment.h:106
bool isDstAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isFixedDstAlign() const
uint64_t size() const
static MemOp Set(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, bool IsZeroMemset, bool IsVolatile)
Align getDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyStrSrc() const
bool isAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
static MemOp Copy(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile, bool MemcpyStrSrc=false)
bool isSrcAligned(Align AlignCheck) const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmoveWithFixedDstAlign() const
bool isMemcpyOrMemmove() const
bool isMemmove() const
bool isMemset() const
bool isMemcpy() const
static MemOp Move(uint64_t Size, bool DstAlignCanChange, Align DstAlign, Align SrcAlign, bool IsVolatile)
bool isZeroMemset() const
bool isVolatile() const
Align getSrcAlign() const
A simple container for information about the supported runtime calls.
static StringRef getLibcallImplName(RTLIB::LibcallImpl CallImpl)
Get the libcall routine name for the specified libcall implementation.
These are IR-level optimization flags that may be propagated to SDNodes.
This represents an addressing mode of: BaseGV + BaseOffs + BaseReg + Scale*ScaleReg + ScalableOffset*...
std::optional< unsigned > fallbackAddressSpace
PointerUnion< const Value *, const PseudoSourceValue * > ptrVal
This contains information for each constraint that we are lowering.
AsmOperandInfo(InlineAsm::ConstraintInfo Info)
Copy constructor for copying from a ConstraintInfo.
MVT ConstraintVT
The ValueType for the operand value.
TargetLowering::ConstraintType ConstraintType
Information about the constraint code, e.g.
std::string ConstraintCode
This contains the actual string for the code, like "m".
Value * CallOperandVal
If this is the result output operand or a clobber, this is null, otherwise it is the incoming operand...
This structure contains all information that is necessary for lowering calls.
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergent(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDeactivationSymbol(GlobalValue *Sym)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(Type *ResultType, FunctionType *FTy, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, const CallBase &Call)
CallLoweringInfo & setCFIType(const ConstantInt *Type)
CallLoweringInfo & setInRegister(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
SmallVector< ISD::InputArg, 32 > Ins
CallLoweringInfo & setVarArg(bool Value=true)
Type * OrigRetTy
Original unlegalized return type.
std::optional< PtrAuthInfo > PAI
CallLoweringInfo & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setZExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPatchPoint(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setDebugLoc(const SDLoc &dl)
CallLoweringInfo & setLibCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, Type *OrigResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList)
CallLoweringInfo & setTailCall(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setIsPreallocated(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setSExtResult(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
CallLoweringInfo & setConvergenceControlToken(SDValue Token)
SmallVector< ISD::OutputArg, 32 > Outs
Type * RetTy
Same as OrigRetTy, or partially legalized for soft float libcalls.
CallLoweringInfo & setChain(SDValue InChain)
CallLoweringInfo & setPtrAuth(PtrAuthInfo Value)
CallLoweringInfo & setCallee(CallingConv::ID CC, Type *ResultType, SDValue Target, ArgListTy &&ArgsList, AttributeSet ResultAttrs={})
DAGCombinerInfo(SelectionDAG &dag, CombineLevel level, bool cl, void *dc)
This structure is used to pass arguments to makeLibCall function.
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsPostTypeLegalization(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setDiscardResult(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setTypeListBeforeSoften(ArrayRef< EVT > OpsVT, EVT RetVT)
MakeLibCallOptions & setIsSigned(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setNoReturn(bool Value=true)
MakeLibCallOptions & setOpsTypeOverrides(ArrayRef< Type * > OpsTypes)
Override the argument type for an operand.
This structure contains the information necessary for lowering pointer-authenticating indirect calls.
A convenience struct that encapsulates a DAG, and two SDValues for returning information from TargetL...
TargetLoweringOpt(SelectionDAG &InDAG, bool LT, bool LO)